Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10‑K

 

(Mark One)

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.

 

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                    to

 

Commission file number 001‑38134

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

 

Delaware

    

81‑4777373

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

 

40 West 23 rd Street, New York, New York

 

10010

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (347) 719‑4312

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

.

 

Title of each class

    

Name of each exchange on which registered

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock $0.0001 par value

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

None.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes  ☐

 

No  ☒

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

 

 

 

Yes  ☐

 

No  ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

 

 

Yes  ☒

 

No  ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

 

 

 

 

Yes  ☒

 

No  ☐

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10‑K or any amendment to this Form 10‑K. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ☐

Accelerated filer ☐

Smaller reporting company ☐

Emerging growth company ☒

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer   ☒      

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act).

 

 

 

Yes  ☐

 

No  ☒

 

Based on the closing price of the Registrant’s Class A Common Stock on the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, which was June 30, 2018, the aggregate market value of its Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock (based on a closing price of $3.35 per share on June 29, 2018 as reported on the New York Stock Exchange) held by non-affiliates was approximately $292.1 million.

 

As of January 31, 2019 there were 79,955,349 shares of Class A Common Stock, 114,563,057 shares of Class B Common Stock and 0 shares of Class C Capital Stock outstanding.

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference:

 

Portions of the proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act no later than 120 days after the end of this fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10‑K.

 

 

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

PART I  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

 

4

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 

12

 

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

43

 

 

Item 2.

Properties

 

43

 

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

43

 

 

Item 4.  

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

45

 

 

Item 6.

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

47

 

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

49

 

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

73

 

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

74

 

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

 

74

 

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

74

 

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

 

75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART III  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

 

76

 

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

76

 

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

76

 

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

76

 

 

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule

 

77

 

 

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

 

77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS INDEX  

 

78

 

SIGNATURES  

 

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Blue Apron”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, and “our” in this Annual Report, to refer to Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and, where appropriate, our consolidated subsidiaries.

 

 

 

 

 

 

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Key Financial and Operating Metrics” for the definitions of the following terms used in this Annual Report: “Orders”, “Customers”, “Average Order Value”, “Orders per Customer”, and “Average Revenue per Customer”.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2


 

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans, and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include:

·

our expectations regarding our expenses and revenue, our ability to maintain and grow adjusted EBITDA and to achieve profitability, the sufficiency of our cash resources, and needs for additional financing;

·

our ability to cost-effectively attract new customers and retain existing customers;

·

our ability to expand our product offerings and distribution channels;

·

our ability to maintain and grow the value of our brand and reputation;

·

our ability to resume revenue growth or to manage our revenue or future growth effectively;

·

our expectations regarding, and the stability of, our supply chain, including potential shortages or interruptions in the supply or delivery of ingredients;

·

our ability to maintain food safety and prevent food-borne illness incidents;

·

changes in consumer tastes and preferences or in consumer spending;

·

our ability to effectively compete;

·

our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

·

our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business;

·

our vulnerability to adverse weather conditions or natural disasters; and

·

our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection.

While we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, whether as a result of any new information, future events, or otherwise, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law.

3


 

Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1.               BUSINESS.

Blue Apron creates incredible experiences. Founded in 2012, we are building a consumer lifestyle brand that symbolizes the emotional human connections that are formed through the cooking experiences we create.

Our core product is the meal experience we help our customers create.  These experiences extend from discovering new recipes, ingredients, and cooking techniques to preparing meals with families and loved ones to sharing photos and stories of culinary triumphs.  Central to these experiences are the original recipes we design and send along with fresh, seasonal ingredients directly to our customers.  We also sell wine, which can be paired with our meals, and we sell a curated selection of cooking tools, utensils, and pantry items, which are tested and recommended by our culinary team. Our customers span ages, geographies, income brackets, and culinary expertise. They include recent college graduates, young couples, families, singles, and empty nesters. Our passionate community of home cooks tell us, through emails, phone calls, and social media, how much Blue Apron has changed their lives.

Central to our operations, we have developed an integrated ecosystem that employs technology and expertise across many disciplines. Our supply-demand coordination activities––demand planning, recipe creation, recipe merchandising, fulfillment operations, and marketing––drive our end-to-end value chain.

Our Products

Meals

On our direct-to-consumer platform, we currently offer two meal plans: a 2-Serving Plan that serves two people, and a Family Plan that serves four people. For each plan, customers have the flexibility to choose any combination of the recipes offered each week. This includes any two or three recipes from eight selections on the 2-Serving Plan and any two, three, or four recipes from five selections on the Family Plan. Based on the number of Orders in 2018 per plan type, 81% of our meal Orders were for the 2‑Serving Plan and 19% were for the Family Plan. Our customers can plan their orders to complement their individual tastes and lifestyles.  Some customers prefer to let our recipe recommendation algorithm choose their recipes based on the food preferences they have provided to us, while other customers actively choose, several weeks in advance of delivery, which recipes to receive.  Customers can choose to receive orders each week, or less frequently if that better suits their schedules.  Customers can make their order selections on our website or through our mobile application.

We recognize that many consumers seek to engage with the Blue Apron brand beyond our direct-to-consumer platform and have created products for retail and on-demand distribution channels. As we expand to new distribution channels beyond our direct-to-consumer platform, aligning our brand and culinary offerings with strategic partners is a critical component of our methodical channel expansion strategy.

For all of our products, our culinary team, including chefs who are alumni of some of the best restaurants in the world, such as Michelin-starred Per Se and Blue Hill at Stone Barns, begins the recipe creation process with various seasonal ingredients grown by our farm suppliers. Our chefs apply to these raw ingredients their expertise and insights from our customer feedback and recipe ratings to create our recipe offerings, with an eye towards what is accessible for individuals and families to eat week-in and week-out. 

We merchandise our recipes through various campaigns geared toward seasonality, taste preferences, ingredients, or health. Our approach to menu design seeks to balance ingredient supply and cost while appealing to a variety of customer lifestyles and cooking attitudes across a broad range of demographics and taste profiles.

On our direct-to-consumer platform, we offer at least nineteen recipes per week between our 2-Serving and Family Plans, striving for a balanced mix of ingredients, cuisines, familiarity, discovery, and preparation times. The meal solutions we create for retail and on-demand distribution channels vary, and are customized for a diverse set of lifestyle and taste preferences.  

4


 

Table of Contents

The phrase “a great recipe is composed of incredible ingredients” is a core Blue Apron philosophy.  We are committed to sourcing fresh, high‑quality ingredients year round from our supplier network that includes farmers, ranchers, fishermen, and artisans.  Our recipes change every week based on the season and often feature specialty ingredients not readily available elsewhere.  By merchandising these ingredients into carefully crafted recipes, we are able to introduce our customers to ingredients they may have never experienced before. We also partner with artisan suppliers to create ingredients specifically for our recipes, such as custom sauces, unique spice blends, or bespoke ramen noodles from a third‑generation noodle maker.

Our ingredient standards are critically important to us and our customers. We source only ingredients certified by our suppliers as non‑GMO (genetically modified organism) and buy certain ingredients from certified organic producers.  All of our beef, poultry, and pork comes from animals given exclusively vegetarian feed and not treated with added hormones or sub‑therapeutic antibiotics. Similarly, we source high‑quality seafood consistent with the standards established by Monterey Bay Aquarium Seafood Watch, one of the world’s most respected sustainable seafood organizations.

Wine

Blue Apron Wine, our direct-to-consumer wine delivery service, uses an integrated supply chain and direct sourcing relationships to deliver high‑quality wines at compelling values.  We work directly with vineyards and acclaimed winemakers to create custom Blue Apron wines that are specially crafted for our customers and are not available elsewhere.  Our wines pair with our meals and are sized for a dinner for two (in 500ml bottles, rather than traditional 750ml bottles). Customers have the flexibility to customize their box, choosing six bottles from a monthly selection of wines, that best meet their taste preferences. Our wine offerings include red and white wines (and rosés, depending on the season), tasting notes, pairing tips, and the story behind each wine. We are a licensed winery, and currently ship directly to customers in 31 states and Washington, D.C. Our customers can choose to purchase wine alone or to purchase both meals and wine. As with our meals, customers may choose to actively manage their wine orders by adjusting deliveries to fit their schedules, or they may simply sign up and receive a delivery each month.

Market

Blue Apron Market, our e-commerce marketplace, features a curated selection of cooking tools, utensils, and pantry items, which are tested and recommended by our culinary team.  Many of these items are not available elsewhere, and we have focused on expanding our exclusive items and partnerships. All of our recipe cards feature cooking tools and utensils from Blue Apron Market, creating an integrated brand experience for our community of home cooks and repeated merchandising opportunities for our company.

Digital Experience

Customers can find recipes, register their preferences, manage their accounts, and make purchases on our site or on our iOS and Android mobile applications. Our digital customer experience is immersive: we offer how-to cooking videos, stories about our suppliers, and our collection of thousands of recipes that customers can access on their own.

How We Do It

We have created an integrated ecosystem that enables us to source high‑quality, differentiated ingredients, design original recipes around those ingredients, and combine them into meaningful cooking experiences that we deliver to customers across the United States.  Our interconnected end‑to‑end value chain allows us to execute cost‑effectively and at scale.  Coordination between our culinary team, marketing practices, and technology tools helps us pair customer demand with supply, as well as to work with our suppliers to deliver high‑quality food at compelling values.  Our fulfillment and logistics operations are built to support our ongoing product innovation.

5


 

Table of Contents

Supply‑Demand Coordination

Our supply‑demand coordination activities include demand planning, recipe creation, recipe merchandising, and marketing.  We use near‑term and long‑term demand forecasting based on proprietary data and software to inform decisions along our value chain, from decisions about fulfillment center capacity to predicting our supply needs to ingredient purchasing.  This process continues through recipe creation and merchandising, as we craft recipes around available ingredients, and have the ability to make adjustments up to just a few weeks prior to fulfillment.  We have also tailored our marketing strategies based on these demand forecasts and planning to optimize our marketing return‑on‑investment.

Supplier Partnerships

Our deep supplier relationships, built on a foundation of trust, provide us access to a supply of high‑quality ingredients and enable us to reduce costs and enhance utilization of natural resources.  Current strategies we employ with some of our suppliers to support this approach include working directly with farmers, ranchers, and fishermen to provide fresh, sustainably sourced ingredients to our customers at a compelling value and collaborating with farmers and ranchers on meat and poultry that meets our animal welfare standards. This collaboration enables us to provide premium, humanely raised products to our customers, such as grass-fed beef and pasture-raised poultry.

Operations

Our purchasing, production, fulfillment, and logistics operations are integrated with our demand management and supplier relationships.  Successfully integrating these disparate activities requires us to possess a variety of competencies: a team with deep, ingredient‑specific relationships; a technology‑enabled platform that connects our end‑to‑end operations; and a scalable architecture that adapts to surges in demand as well as variations in available supply. Our enhanced planning and process-driven strategies enable us to make informed purchasing decisions and provide opportunities to better manage food costs and allocate labor in our fulfillment centers.

Informed Purchasing

While we work directly with our suppliers months in advance to plan our supply needs, we place purchase orders closer to the expected fulfillment, after coordinating supply and demand through processes such as recipe merchandizing and analyzing the outputs of our demand planning tools.

Production and Fulfillment

Our fulfillment centers are designed to effectively manage our variable, high‑throughput, perishable inventory as well as flexible production and labor needs.  We have invested extensively in our fulfillment centers, including by launching our Linden, New Jersey center in 2017 and implementing automation equipment in each of our fulfillment centers, and continue to optimize our network with a focus on maximizing efficiencies.

Because we prep and ship perishable products, our fulfillment centers must adhere to stringent food and safety standards, temperature protocols, and regulatory guidelines.  We also station quality managers from our culinary team, many of whom are former professional chefs, in our fulfillment centers to ensure that our ingredients adhere to our quality standards.  Each fulfillment center is certified under the Safe Quality Food (SQF) Food Safety Code for Manufacturing nationwide, a globally recognized, independent food safety standard administered by the Safe Quality Food Institute.

To support our fulfillment operations, we have developed proprietary technology for every step of the process, from using our proprietary inventory management tools to assess incoming ingredients for quality to a proprietary kitchen prep software that demonstrates to fulfillment associates how to prep ingredients for each recipe, and provides instructions on selecting the correct type of packaging for each ingredient.

6


 

Table of Contents

Logistics

Our logistics team designs, manages, and optimizes a ground‑based delivery network comprised of several third party partners capable of delivering to geographies covering over 99% of the U.S. population.  We analyze outbound logistics on a zip code by zip code basis to enable cost‑effective and timely delivery of orders, while also adjusting the packaging of our ingredients and other components of our fulfillment operations based on the expected delivery route, weather, or ultimate destination.  All of our packaging materials are chosen with environmental impact in mind.  We select packaging that is recyclable or biodegradable whenever possible.  Our packaging innovation team, with the support of third party sustainability experts, is focused on innovating to improve our packaging design, lower overall costs, and reduce our carbon footprint.

Our Brand and Marketing

We are building a consumer lifestyle brand that inspires, connects, and brings memorable experiences to homes across the country. Several nights a week, our customers invite us into their homes. We take part in some of the most joyful parts of their days, helping them create a meal for their families and loved ones. Their challenges are opportunities for us to learn together, and their accomplishments are among our proudest achievements. We hear their success stories every day. Unlike a purely transactional e-commerce platform, we believe the emotional connection that customers have with our brand will enable us to have a more meaningful role in their lives.

We believe in utilizing a strategic mix of marketing channels to efficiently add new customers as well as to engage and create value for our existing customers. This includes a diverse mix of online and offline channels, as well as strategic partnerships that enable us to expand our brand to new segments of customers. We deliberately focus on the marketing channels we believe to be the most efficient and on customer segments that have demonstrated stronger affinity and retention. We believe our customers continue to be some of our best marketers, and we see them share their Blue Apron moments through social media, blogs, and referrals. We also have a customer referral program through which certain existing customers may invite others to receive a complimentary meal delivery.

For all of our products, we use a combination of paid, earned, and owned media to increase the awareness of our brand and attract new customers. Our content enables customers to connect and interact with our brand even when they are not cooking with us.  For example, we leverage both our digital channels and printed content within deliveries to highlight specific ingredients, provide general cooking tips and techniques and foster conversation within our community of home cooks.

Finally, strategic brand partnerships are an important opportunity for us to leverage the platform we are building to add value for our existing customers and showcase our brand to new customer segments.

Our Customers

Our customers represent a broad range of demographics including a wide range of age groups and incomes.  Customers of all kinds are able to successfully incorporate Blue Apron into a wide variety of lifestyles.

7


 

Table of Contents

PICTURE 10

Source: Customer email survey of Blue Apron account holders, December 2018, with 6,166 respondents .

We also believe our customers roughly mirror the general geographical population distribution of the United States. According to the 2015 Current Population Survey by the U.S. Census Bureau, the top ten states account for 54% of total U.S. households. Similarly, we estimate that these states accounted for 53% of our customers for the fourth quarter of 2018. 

PICTURE 2

Source: Blue Apron Customers for the quarter ended December 31, 2018.

8


 

Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

Our market opportunity is broad, as we believe the quality of our product, the meaningful experiences we create, and the deep, emotional connection we have built with our customers positions us well in the dynamic and high-profile category in which we operate. 

The annual U.S. grocery market and annual U.S. restaurant market each account for hundreds of billions of dollars of sales. We expect online sales in these markets to grow significantly in the coming years and think that an opportunity exists to meaningfully increase online grocery and online restaurant penetration, while leveraging the strength of our brand to expand into more diverse channels.  

We believe that shifts in consumer preferences, such as a growing interest in home cooking and an increasing number of customers who prioritize experiences over goods, position us well to participate in these dynamic markets in a meaningful way.

Our Competition

The markets in which we compete are rapidly evolving and intensely competitive, and we face an array of competitors from many different industry sectors. Our current and potential competitors include: (1) other food and meal delivery companies; (2) the supermarket industry; (3) a wide array of food retailers, including natural and organic, specialty, conventional, mass, discount, and other food retail formats; (4) conventional supermarkets; (5) other food retailers; (6) online supermarket retailers; (7) casual dining and quick‑service restaurants and other food service businesses in the restaurant industry; (8) online wine retailers, wine specialty stores, and retail liquor stores; and (9) food manufacturers, consumer packaged goods companies, providers of logistics services, and other food and ingredient producers.

We believe that the principal competitive factors upon which we compete include: brand, reputation, and customer satisfaction; price; product quality, and safety; value perception; convenience; customer service; reliable and timely fulfillment; and variety, quality, and flexibility of product offering.

Our Strengths

Our strengths as a company include the following:

·

Powerful and emotional brand connection: We believe that we have developed a powerful and emotional connection with our customers by consistently engaging with them through multiple touchpoints and by the experiential nature of our products. 

·

Superior products at compelling values: We believe our integrated recipe creation process and the efficiencies in our value chain enable us to provide fresh, high-quality ingredients at attractive price points. 

·

Continuous product innovation: Our continuous product innovation process enables us to attract new customer segments and improve our engagement with existing customers by strengthening our connection with them. 

·

Attractive operational costs: We believe our end-to-end value chain and effective execution in our fulfillment centers enable us to deliver an attractive variable cost structure in our operations.

·

Hard‑to‑replicate value chain: We have made substantial investments in supplier relationships, infrastructure, technology, and data to build an interconnected value chain. 

·

Proprietary technology and data: Our proprietary technology includes flexible recipe design, labor scheduling and planning, inventory management tools, customer feedback analysis, and inbound supply and customer delivery route optimization.

9


 

Table of Contents

Our Strategy

A mainstay of our business strategy is to evolve our product offerings to serve more consumer segments and distribution channels, in addition to deepening our relationship with existing customers. Our strategy includes the following:

·

Increase market penetration with our core product: We believe we have an opportunity to grow awareness and to attract new customers to our core product with a deliberate focus on consumer segments exhibiting attributes including demonstrated retention, strong brand affinity, and high engagement potential.

·

Expand our core product to fit more lifestyles: As we continue to expand our operational capabilities, leverage the automation in our fulfillment centers, and enhance our supplier network, we plan to expand our core product in ways that include greater flexibility for customers and strategic brand partnerships that elevate our brand to new customer segments.

·

Broaden our product portfolio: We are focused on opportunities to launch new products that further create an integrated brand experience. 

·

Develop new strategic partnerships and distribution channels: We believe we have built a powerful brand that we can leverage to further develop additional strategic partnerships and distribution channels. 

·

International expansion: We have built a trusted brand, proprietary technology, processes, and a diverse set of competencies that we believe would enable us over time to pursue attractive opportunities outside of the United States.  We do not currently have a specific time frame for international expansion.

Employees

As of January 31, 2019, we had 2,343 full‑time employees, of which approximately 72% were engaged in fulfillment operations.  None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.  We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Intellectual Property

Our ability to protect our intellectual property rights, including our proprietary technology and our customer data, will be an important factor in our strategy and the success of our business.  We seek to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection, and other intellectual property protections under applicable law.  We register domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and abroad.  We also seek to protect and avoid disclosure of our intellectual property through confidentiality, non‑disclosure and invention assignment agreements with our employees, and through appropriate agreements with our suppliers and others.  We have filed three patent applications related to product packaging.

Government Regulation

Our business is subject to a variety of federal, state, and local regulatory requirements, including regulation of our food and wine operations.

Government Regulation of Foods and Food Companies

Food companies, such as Blue Apron, are subject to extensive government regulation.  Federal statutes applicable to food production include, for example, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, the Federal Meat Inspection Act, the Poultry Products Inspection Act, the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, the Nutrition Labeling and Education Act, the Food Allergen Labeling and Consumer Protection Act, the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act, and the Federal Trade Commission Act.  Federal regulators have promulgated extensive regulatory

10


 

Table of Contents

schemes to implement these and other relevant statutes.  These evolving regulatory structures govern matters including manufacturing, formulating, labeling, advertising, packaging, storing, and implementing safety measures for our food products.  Legal changes and uncertainty regarding the regulation of food products have accelerated in recent years.  In particular, the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, has been implementing the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act by promulgating substantial numbers of new regulations and introducing multiple versions of non‑binding, draft guidance documents suggesting new compliance measures for the food industry.  Understanding within the food industry of how to apply these regulations and the suggestions offered in FDA guidance documents continues to evolve.

State and local jurisdictions also regulate U.S. food manufacturing facilities.  For example, we currently produce and fulfill products in the states of California, New Jersey, and Texas.  State and local governments exert regulatory authority over our operations in these jurisdictions.  The states and localities in which a food production facility is located can impose registration, licensing, and inspection requirements in addition to those imposed by federal law.  Some also enforce significant consumer protection‑focused statutory schemes, which can impose additional costs and complexity on food producers.

Food companies in the U.S. are subject to government inspection with or without notice at any time, with concomitant responsibility to provide access to facilities and equipment, produce extensive operational documentation, and furnish product, packaging, and labeling samples for governmental examination.  Federal, state, and local governmental agencies enjoy extensive discretion to determine whether, when and how to conduct these activities.  Food companies are therefore vulnerable to unexpected business interruptions and publicity.

All food companies in the United States bear legal responsibility for any violation of applicable food regulatory law, whether that violation is negligent, non‑negligent, or deliberate.  Any U.S. company found to have violated food regulatory laws may have its products seized, its operations enjoined, its goods recalled from the market and destroyed, and its business exposed to significant adverse publicity.  It is also possible that new laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing requirements, might require us to change our compliance policies, incur additional cost, or result in unexpected liabilities that could be significant.

Food Safety and Quality Assurance

We maintain a food safety and quality program to verify that the food products supplied to our customers are processed in a safe and sanitary environment and are in compliance with regulatory requirements and our internal food quality and safety standards.  All meat and poultry products that we source are processed in facilities inspected by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, or USDA, or by the equivalent agencies in countries deemed eligible by USDA for exporting meat and poultry to the United States.  Accordingly, these products must conform to USDA requirements.  All food and packaging suppliers are prequalified and have agreed to comply with our requirements.  While we perform supplier inspections and conduct product audits to evaluate suppliers and products for compliance with our company standards and specifications, we may not be able to prevent individual suppliers from failing to comply with food safety laws or our requirements, and we may not be able to locate each failure to comply with food safety laws or our requirements prior to shipments of food products.  We operate a toll free, customer call center to capture and address telephonic and electronic customer complaints, including complaints about the quality of our food products.

Government Regulation of Our Wine Business

The production, sale, and shipment of wine in the United States are each regulated by the federal government and by each state government.  There is not uniformity among state laws, so business models that are national in scope must account for the state‑by‑state rules to achieve compliance.

Our wholly‑owned subsidiary BAW, Inc., or BAW, is a licensed California winery, and must comply with federal and California law controlling winery operations.  Various regulations control production, excise tax, labeling, alcohol content and recordkeeping.  In addition, the promotion and marketing of wine, including pricing, is sometimes regulated by federal or state regulations.  For example, wine marketing cannot be targeted to children, and some states restrict excessive discounts on wine. To assist with federal and state regulatory compliance, BAW relies on various internal and external personnel with relevant experience. 

11


 

Table of Contents

Alcohol distribution in the United States is traditionally conducted through a “three‑tier” system, in which alcohol passes from manufacturer to wholesaler to retailer in each state, before it can be sold to a consumer.  However, applicable regulations permit manufacturers to ship wine directly to consumers around the country.  As a licensed California winery, BAW relies on such exceptions to sell and ship wine to the residents of 31 states plus the District of Columbia.  Each state permit held by BAW has specific compliance requirements, such as monthly reporting, limits on the amount of wine that can be shipped to a given household, and obtaining an adult signature on delivery.

Our Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 40 West 23 rd Street, New York, New York 10010, and our telephone number at that address is (347) 719-4312. Our website address is www.blueapron.com.

ITEM 1A.            RISK FACTORS.

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk.  Certain factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operation.  You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, and in our other filings with the SEC.  Our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flow and prospects could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks or uncertainties.  In that case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a limited operating history and a novel business model, which make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.

We have a limited operating history and a novel business model, which make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter in seeking to execute on our strategies.  These risks and difficulties include our ability to:

·

forecast our revenues and plan our operating expenses;

·

retain existing customers and attract new customers;

·

manage our personnel and operations;

·

expand our product offerings and distribution channels;

·

achieve and maintain profitability;

·

maintain and grow the value of our brand and reputation;

·

maintain and scale our supply chain while avoiding material disruptions or adverse incidents in our operations;

·

maintain relationships with our existing suppliers and secure relationships with new suppliers to supply quality ingredients for use in our product offerings;

·

scale and adapt our supply chain, production, operations and expenses, including marketing expenses, in response to customer demand and seasonal trends;

·

adapt to evolving trends in the ways consumers purchase, prepare and consume food, as well as in how consumers interact with technology;

12


 

Table of Contents

·

comply with laws and regulations applicable to our business, including food safety, employment and health and safety regulations; and

·

hire, integrate, and retain talented employees with a broad and varied range of skills and expertise.

If the demand for our products does not develop or is not sustained as we expect, or if we fail to address the needs of our customers or fail to maintain relationships with our suppliers, our business would be materially harmed.  The cumulative effects of these factors or our inability to manage any of the risks and challenges identified above and elsewhere in this section could result in, among other things, large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results, meaning that comparing our operating results on a period‑to‑period basis may not be meaningful and that we might fail to meet industry, financial analyst or investor expectations for any period.  If we are unable to successfully address these risks and challenges, our business, financial condition and operating results would be materially adversely affected.

We have a history of losses, and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

We have experienced net losses in each year since our inception.  In the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we incurred net losses of $122.1 million, $210.1 million and $54.9 million, respectively.  We anticipate that we will continue to incur substantial operating expenses in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest to attract new customers, invest in our distribution and fulfillment capabilities, expand our product offerings and distribution channels, hire additional employees and enhance our technology and infrastructure.  These efforts may prove more expensive than we anticipate, and we may not succeed in maintaining or increasing our revenue and margins sufficiently to offset these expenses, which may require us to reduce certain expenditures that could be important to maintaining or increasing our revenue and margins.  We incur significant expenses in developing our technology, building out our fulfillment centers, obtaining and storing ingredients and other products, and marketing the products we offer.  In addition, many of our expenses, including the costs associated with our existing fulfillment centers, are fixed.  Accordingly, we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability, and we may incur significant losses for the foreseeable future.

If we fail to retain our existing customers, cost‑effectively acquire new customers, or increase the number of customers we serve, or if we fail to derive profitable revenue from our customers, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Our success, and our ability to resume revenue growth and operate profitably, depends in part on our ability to retain existing customers, to cost‑effectively acquire new customers, and to keep customers engaged so that they continue to purchase products from us. If we are unable to retain our existing customers ,  cost‑effectively acquire new customers, or keep customers engaged, or increase the number of customers we serve, our business, financial condition and operating results would be materially adversely affected. For example, the number of our Customers declined to approximately 557,000 in the three months ended December 31, 2018 from approximately 746,000 in the three months ended December 31, 2017, and our revenue declined to $140.7 million from $187.7 million in those same periods.  Further, if customers do not perceive our product offerings to be of sufficient value and quality, or if we fail to offer new and relevant product offerings, we may not be able to attract or retain customers or engage existing customers so that they continue to purchase products from us. Many of our new customers originate from referrals from existing customers, and therefore we must ensure that our existing customers remain loyal to us in order to continue receiving those referrals.

Our new customers typically evaluate whether our product offerings fit their lifestyles, tastes and preferences before deciding whether to continue purchasing our product offerings and, if so, the frequency at which they make purchases. Our net revenue in any period is essentially a function of our ability to attract and retain customers and the frequency and size of the orders placed by those customers. While an increase in order frequency or size could potentially offset losses of customers and, similarly, an increase in the number of customers could potentially offset a reduction in the frequency or size of the orders placed by our customers, any inability by us to continue to derive net revenue from our existing customers consistent with our historical performance could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

13


 

Table of Contents

We have spent significant amounts on advertising and other marketing activities, such as television, digital and social media, direct mail, radio and podcasts, and email, to acquire new customers, retain and engage existing customers, and promote our brand, and we expect our marketing expenses to continue to comprise a significant portion of our operating expenses. For 2018, 2017, and 2016, our marketing expenses were $117.5 million, $154.5 million, and $144.1 million, respectively, representing approximately 17.6%, 17.5%, and 18.1% of net revenue, respectively. Despite our focus on marketing activities, we may fail to identify cost‑efficient marketing opportunities as we adjust our investments in marketing or fail to fully understand or estimate the conditions, characteristics and behaviors that drive customer behavior. As we refine our marketing strategy to strategically prioritize customer acquisition channels that we believe will be more successful at attracting high affinity customers, as a result of which we expect to deliberately and meaningfully reduce our marketing expenses, we may fail to identify channels that accomplish this objective or fail to understand or mitigate negative effects of reducing our marketing expenses or of limiting our investment in historical marketing channels. Any of these failures may adversely impact our ability to attract or retain potential customers, including by making us less competitive relative to competitors who are not reducing their marketing expenses or limiting their marketing channels. Additionally, our decision to strategically invest in new and existing customers who we believe have high potential to be valuable to the business may fail to properly identify such customers or retain customers who generate the value that we anticipate.  If any of our marketing activities prove less successful than anticipated in attracting new customers or retaining existing customers, we may not be able to recover our marketing spend, our cost to acquire new customers may increase, and our existing customers may reduce the frequency or size of their purchases from us. In addition, our third party marketing partners may not provide adequate value for their services. Any of the foregoing events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we fail to resume revenue growth or to effectively manage our revenue or any future growth, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Our net revenue increased from $340.8 million in 2015 to $795.4 million in 2016 to $ 881.2 million in 2017, but has since declined to $667.6 million in 2018 As we scaled our business, the number of our full-time employees increased from 2,997 at December 31, 2015 to 5,028 at December 31, 2016, but decreased to 4,163 at December 31, 2017 and 2,356 at December 31, 2018.  If we fail to resume revenue growth or if our revenues further decline, our business, financial condition and operating results would be materially adversely affected. In addition, any future growth and expansion of our business and our product offerings will place significant demands on our management and operations teams and require significant additional management, financial, operational, technological and other resources to meet our needs, which may not be available in a cost‑effective manner or at all.  We are also required to manage relationships with various suppliers and other third parties, and expend time and effort to integrate new suppliers into our fulfillment operations.  If we do not resume revenue growth or if we do not effectively manage our revenue or any future growth, we may not be able to execute on our business plan, respond to competitive pressures, take advantage of market opportunities, satisfy customer requirements or maintain high‑quality product offerings.

In addition, changes to our actual or projected operating results may indicate that the carrying value of our long-lived assets may not be recoverable, which may require us to recognize impairment charges on any of our assets, or require us to reduce investment in the business or engage in additional business restructurings and incur additional restructuring charges. These changes may include any deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans or changes in anticipated cash flows. Any significant shortfall, now or in the future, in revenue resulting from our inability to resume revenue growth or to effectively manage our revenue or any future growth could lead to an indication that the carrying value of our long-lived assets may not be recoverable, which could result in an impairment. Any such charges could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are in the process of implementing significant reorganization activities in our business, including the recently announced transfer of production volume between our fulfillment operations and a recent reduction of the size of our organization . These and other reorganization activities could have long-term adverse effects on our business , including additional attrition in personnel and the failure to achieve the anticipated benefits and savings from these activities. 

We are in the process of implementing significant reorganization activities in our business to adjust our cost structure, and we may engage in similar reorganization activities in the future. In January 2019, we announced the

14


 

Table of Contents

transfer of a substantial portion of the production volume from our Arlington, Texas fulfillment center to our Linden, New Jersey fulfillment center, which will result in a reduction in the number of our employees at our Arlington fulfillment center and an anticipated increase in the number of new employees at our Linden fulfillment center.  In November 2018, we implemented a reduction in the number of our employees by approximately 4% , which included departures of members of our management team , and in October 2017 we implemented a company-wide realignment of personnel that   resulted in a reduction of approximately 6% of our total workforce across our corporate offices and fulfillment centers. These actions resulted and will continue to result in the loss of employees across various functions, the loss of institutional knowledge and expertise and the reallocation and combination of certain roles and responsibilities across our organization, all of which could adversely affect our operations. In addition, there is a risk of reduced employee morale and , as result, we may face further employee attrition. We may also be unable to efficiently transition the production volume between our fulfillment centers or maintain our production efficiencies during or after the transfer. 

These and any other reorganization activities in which we may engage in the future, as well other ongoing cost reduction activities, reduce our available talent, assets, capabilities and other resources and could slow improvements in our products and services, adversely affect our ability to respond to competition and limit our ability to satisfy customer demands .   As a result, our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day strategic and operational activities, and devote a substantial amount of time to managing the organizational changes brought about by the reorganization. Due to our limited resources, we may not be able to effectively manage the changes in our business operations resulting from the reorganization, which may result in weaknesses in our operations, risks that we may not be able to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among remaining employees. If we are unable to effectively manage these activities , our expenses may be higher than expected, and we may not be able to implement our business strategy or achieve the anticipated benefits and savings from any such activities .  We may also determine to take additional measures to reduce costs, which could result in further disruptions to our operations and present additional challenges to the effective management of our company. In addition, delays in implementing planned restructuring activities, unexpected costs or the failure to meet targeted improvements may diminish the operational or financial benefits we realize from such actions. Any of the circumstances described above could materially adversely affect our business and operating and financial results .

We may require additional capital to fund our existing operations or any future expansion of our business, and our inability to obtain such capital, or to adequately manage our existing capital resources, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

To support our existing operations or any future expansion of our business, we must have sufficient capital to continue to make investments and to fund our operations.  We cannot assure you that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to allow us to fund our existing operations or any such expansion.  If cash flows from operations are not sufficient or if we fail to adequately manage our existing capital resources, we may need additional equity or debt financing to provide the funds required to expand or operate our business.  If such financing is not available, or we are unable to refinance our revolving credit facility, on satisfactory terms or at all, we may be unable to operate our business or to develop new business at the rate desired, and our operating results may suffer.  Debt financing increases expenses, may contain covenants that restrict the operation of our business, and must be repaid regardless of operating results.  For example, covenants contained in our revolving credit and guaranty agreement include limitations on our ability to pay dividends; create, incur or assume indebtedness or liens; consummate a merger, sale, disposition or similar transaction; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make investments.  Our revolving credit facility also requires us to use a portion of the proceeds of certain equity issuances to repay indebtedness outstanding under the revolving credit facility.  Equity financing, or debt financing that is convertible into equity, could result in dilution to our existing stockholders.

Our inability to obtain adequate capital resources, whether in the form of equity or debt, or to adequately manage our existing capital resources, to fund our business and strategies may require us to delay, scale back or eliminate some or all of our operations or any future expansion of our business, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

15


 

Table of Contents

The amount of our indebtedness could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results and prevent us from fulfilling our debt-related obligations. Furthermore, restrictive covenants in our revolving credit facility may limit our ability to pursue our business strategies, and the failure to comply with such restrictions could materially adversely affect our business.

As of January 31, 2019, we had $83.6 million in outstanding borrowings and $1.4 million in issued letters of credit under our revolving credit facility. Our debt could have important consequences for our business, including: making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt or to our trade or other creditors; increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions; limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund our existing operations or any future expansion of our business, particularly when the availability of financing in the capital markets may be limited; requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations for the payment of interest on our debt and thus reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate requirements; limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate; and placing us at a competitive disadvantage to less-leveraged competitors.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our revolving credit facility or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness or fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, on or before its maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. For example, the October 2018 amendment to our revolving credit facility, among other things, increased the interest rates applicable to loans under the revolving credit facility and added covenants requiring us and our subsidiaries to maintain minimum aggregate amounts of liquidity (defined to include our and our subsidiaries’ unrestricted cash and cash equivalents) and, in the event we have positive consolidated total net debt, maintain minimum quarterly consolidated adjusted EBITDA in excess of certain specified thresholds. We may not be able to comply with the minimum liquidity and adjusted EBITDA covenants contained in our revolving credit facility.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance and the condition of the debt and capital markets, which are subject to prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions, as well as certain financial, business, legislative, political, regulatory and other factors beyond our control.  If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems, be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and partnerships, dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We cannot assure you that any such actions, if necessary, could be effected on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or on terms that would be advantageous to our stockholders or on terms that would not require us to breach the terms and conditions of our existing or future debt agreements, and our financial position and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The restrictions contained in the revolving credit facility could limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs or make acquisitions or could otherwise restrict our business and strategies, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. 

If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt or if we fail to comply with the covenants under the revolving credit facility, we will be in default and the lenders could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable immediately, terminate their commitments to loan money and foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Food safety and food‑borne illness incidents or advertising or product mislabeling may materially adversely affect our business by exposing us to lawsuits, product recalls or regulatory enforcement actions, increasing our operating costs and reducing demand for our product offerings.

Selling food for human consumption involves inherent legal and other risks, and there is increasing governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food safety.  Unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death

16


 

Table of Contents

related to allergens, food‑borne illnesses or other food safety incidents (including food tampering or contamination) caused by products we sell, or involving suppliers that supply us with ingredients and other products, could result in the discontinuance of sales of these products or our relationships with such suppliers, or otherwise result in increased operating costs or harm to our reputation.  Shipment of adulterated products, even if inadvertent, can result in criminal or civil liability.  Such incidents could also expose us to product liability, negligence or other lawsuits, including consumer class action lawsuits.  Any claims brought against us may exceed or be outside the scope of our existing or future insurance policy coverage or limits.  Any judgment against us that is in excess of our policy limits or not covered by our policies or not subject to insurance would have to be paid from our cash reserves, which would reduce our capital resources.

The occurrence of food‑borne illnesses or other food safety incidents could also adversely affect the price and availability of affected ingredients, resulting in higher costs, disruptions in supply and a reduction in our sales.  Furthermore, any instances of food contamination, whether or not caused by our products, could subject us or our suppliers to a food recall pursuant to the Food Safety Modernization Act of the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and comparable state laws. The risk of food contamination may be also heightened further due to changes in government funding or a government shutdown.  Our meat and poultry suppliers may operate only under inspection by the United States Department of Agriculture, or USDA.  While USDA meat and poultry inspections are considered essential services, a government shutdown or lapse in funding may increase the risk that inspectors perform their duties inadequately, fail to report for work, or leave their positions without prompt replacement, potentially compromising food safety. Food recalls could result in significant losses due to their costs, the destruction of product inventory, lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for a period of time and potential loss of existing customers and a potential negative impact on our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers due to negative consumer experiences or as a result of an adverse impact on our brand and reputation.

In addition, food companies have been subject to targeted, large‑scale tampering as well as to opportunistic, individual product tampering, and we could be a target for product tampering.  Forms of tampering could include the introduction of foreign material, chemical contaminants and pathological organisms into consumer products as well as product substitution.  Beginning in July 2019, FDA requirements will require companies like us to analyze, prepare and implement mitigation strategies specifically to address tampering designed to inflict widespread public health harm.  If we do not adequately address the possibility, or any actual instance, of product tampering, we could face possible seizure or recall of our products and the imposition of civil or criminal sanctions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our business depends on a strong and trusted brand, and any failure to maintain, protect or enhance our brand, including as a result of events outside our control, could materially adversely affect our business.

We have developed a strong and trusted brand, and we believe our success depends on our ability to maintain and grow the value of the Blue Apron brand.  Maintaining, promoting and positioning our brand and reputation will depend on, among other factors, the success of our food safety, quality assurance, marketing and merchandising efforts and our ability to provide a consistent, high‑quality customer experience.  Any negative publicity, regardless of its accuracy, could materially adversely affect our business.  Brand value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective qualities, and any incident that erodes the loyalty of our customers or suppliers, including adverse publicity or a governmental investigation or litigation, could significantly reduce the value of our brand and significantly damage our business.

We believe that our customers hold us and our products to a high food safety standard.  Therefore, real or perceived quality or food safety concerns or failures to comply with applicable food regulations and requirements, whether or not ultimately based on fact and whether or not involving us (such as incidents involving our competitors), could cause negative publicity and lost confidence in our company, brand or products, which could in turn harm our reputation and sales, and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

In addition, in recent years, there has been a marked increase in the use of social media platforms and other forms of Internet‑based communications that provide individuals with access to broad audiences, and the availability of information on social media platforms is virtually immediate, as can be its impact.  Many social media platforms

17


 

Table of Contents

immediately publish the content their participants post, often without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted.  Furthermore, other Internet‑based or traditional media outlets may in turn reference or republish such social media content to an even broader audience.  Information concerning us, regardless of its accuracy, may be posted on such platforms at any time.  Information posted may be adverse to our interests or may be inaccurate, each of which may materially harm our brand, reputation, performance, prospects and business, and such harm may be immediate and we may have little or no opportunity to respond or to seek redress or a correction.

The value of our brand also depends on effective customer support to provide a high‑quality customer experience, which requires significant personnel expense.  If not managed properly, this expense could impact our profitability.  Failure to manage or train our own or outsourced customer support representatives properly could compromise our ability to handle customer complaints effectively.

Changes in consumer tastes and preferences or in consumer spending and other economic or financial market conditions could materially adversely affect our business.

Our operating results may be materially adversely affected by changes in consumer tastes and preferences.  Our success depends in part on our ability to anticipate the tastes, eating habits and lifestyle preferences of consumers and to offer products that appeal to consumer tastes and preferences.  Consumer tastes and preferences may change from time to time and can be affected by a number of different trends and other factors that are beyond our control.  For example, our sales could be materially adversely affected by changes in consumer demand in response to nutritional and dietary trends, dietary concerns regarding items such as calories, sodium, carbohydrates or fat, or concerns regarding food safety.  Our competitors may react more efficiently and effectively to these changes than we can.  We cannot provide any assurances regarding our ability to respond effectively to changes in consumer health perceptions or our ability to adapt our product offerings to trends in eating habits.  If we fail to anticipate, identify or react to these changes and trends, or to introduce new and improved products on a timely basis, or if we cease offering such products or fail to maintain partnerships that react to these changes and trends, we may experience reduced demand for our products, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

In addition, the business of selling food products over the Internet is dynamic and continues to evolve.  The market segment for food delivery has grown significantly, and this growth may not continue or may decline, including specifically with respect to the meal solutions sector.  If customers cease to find value in this model or otherwise lose interest in our product offerings or our business model generally, we may not acquire new customers in numbers sufficient to resume growth in our business or retain existing customers at rates consistent with our business model, and our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

Furthermore, preferences and overall economic conditions that impact consumer confidence and spending, including discretionary spending, could have a material impact on our business.  Economic conditions affecting disposable consumer income such as employment levels, business conditions, slower growth or recession, market volatility and related uncertainty, negative financial news, changes in housing market conditions, the availability of credit, interest rates, tax rates, new or increased tariffs, fuel and energy costs, the effect of natural disasters or acts of terrorism, and other matters could reduce consumer spending or cause consumers to shift their spending to lower‑priced alternatives, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

In addition to an adverse impact on demand for our products, uncertainty about, or a decline in, economic conditions could have a significant impact on our suppliers, logistics providers and other business partners, including resulting in financial instability, inability to obtain credit to finance operations and insolvency. Certain of our suppliers, and their manufacturing and assembly activities, are located outside the United States, and as a result our operations and performance depend on both global and regional economic conditions. These and other economic factors could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth.

18


 

Table of Contents

If we fail to successfully improve our customer experience, including by developing new product offerings and enhancing our existing product offerings, our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers, and our business, financial condition and operating results, may be materially adversely affected.

Our customers have a wide variety of options for purchasing food, including traditional and online grocery stores and restaurants, and consumer tastes and preferences may change from time to time.  Our ability to retain existing customers, attract new customers and increase customer engagement with us will depend in part on our ability to successfully improve our customer experience, including by creating and introducing new product offerings, improving upon and enhancing our existing product offerings and strengthening our customers’ digital interactions with our brand and products, including online and mobile.  As a result, we may introduce significant changes to our existing product offerings, develop and introduce new and unproven product offerings, offer our products through new distribution channels or revise our customers’ digital experiences.  If our new or enhanced product offerings are unsuccessful, including because they fail to generate sufficient revenue or operating profit to justify our investments in them, our business and operating results could be materially adversely affected.  Furthermore, new customer demands, tastes or interests, superior competitive offerings or a deterioration in our product quality or our ability to bring new or enhanced product offerings to market quickly and efficiently could negatively affect the attractiveness of our products and the economics of our business and require us to make substantial changes to and additional investments in our product offerings or business model.  In addition, we frequently experiment with and test different product offerings and marketing and pricing strategies, as well as our customers’ digital experiences, including by updating our online and mobile platforms.  If these experiments, tests and updates are unsuccessful, or if the product offerings and strategies we introduce based on the results of such experiments, tests and updates do not perform as expected, our ability to retain existing customers, attract new customers, and increase customer engagement may be adversely affected.

Developing and launching new product offerings or enhancements to our existing product offerings involves significant risks and uncertainties, including risks related to the reception of such product offerings by our existing and potential future customers, increases in operational complexity, unanticipated delays or challenges in implementing such offerings or enhancements, increased strain on our operational and internal resources (including an impairment of our ability to accurately forecast demand and related supply), inability to adequately support new offerings or enhancements with sufficient marketing investment and negative publicity in the event such new or enhanced product offerings are perceived to be unsuccessful.  We have scaled our business rapidly, and significant new initiatives have in the past resulted in, and in the future may result in, operational challenges affecting our business.  In addition, developing and launching new product offerings and enhancements to our existing product offerings may involve significant upfront capital investments and such investments may not prove to be justified.  Any of the foregoing risks and challenges could materially adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers as well as our visibility into expected operating results, and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we lose key management or fail to meet our need for qualified employees with specialized skills, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

Our success is dependent upon our ability to retain key management. Our executive officers and other management personnel are employees “at will” and could elect to terminate their employment with us at any time.  For example, in November 2017, Matthew B. Salzberg resigned as our president and chief executive officer and transitioned to the role of executive chairman.  In December 2018, Mr. Salzberg ceased to be an employee, but remains chairman of our board of directors. We do not maintain “key person” insurance on the lives of any of our executive officers.

Our success is also dependent upon our ability to attract, retain and effectively deploy qualified employees, including management, possessing a broad range of skills and expertise.  We may need to offer higher compensation and other benefits in order to attract and retain key personnel in the future, and, to attract top talent, we must offer competitive compensation packages before we have the opportunity to validate the productivity and effectiveness of new employees.  Additionally, we may not be able to hire new employees quickly enough to meet our needs, and we must effectively deploy our workforce in order to efficiently allocate our internal resources. If we fail to meet our hiring needs, successfully integrate our new hires or effectively deploy our existing personnel, our efficiency and ability to meet our forecasts and our employee morale, productivity and retention could all suffer.  Any of these factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

19


 

Table of Contents

Increased competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business.

We expect competition in food sales generally, and with companies providing food delivery in particular, to continue to increase.  We compete with other food and meal‑delivery companies, the supermarket industry, a wide array of food retailers (including natural and organic, specialty, conventional, mass, discount and other food retail formats), conventional supermarkets, and online supermarket retailers.  We also compete with a wide array of casual dining and quick‑service restaurants and other food service businesses in the restaurants industry, as well as a broad range of online wine retailers, wine specialty stores and retail liquor stores.  In addition, we compete with food manufacturers, consumer packaged goods companies, providers of logistics services, and other food and ingredient producers.  Any international expansion of our business will present additional challenges from competition unique to each new market, compounded by the fact that we currently do not have experience offering our products outside of the United States.

We believe that our ability to compete depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including:

·

the size and composition of our customer base;

·

our reputation and brand strength relative to our competitors;

·

consumer tastes and preferences;

·

the flexibility and variety of our product offerings relative to our competitors;

·

our selling and marketing efforts;

·

the quality and price of products offered by us and our competitors;

·

our ability to comply with, and manage the costs of complying with, laws and regulations applicable to our business;

·

the convenience of the experience that we provide; and

·

our ability to cost‑effectively source, market and distribute the products we offer and to manage our operations.

Some of our current competitors have, and potential competitors may have, longer operating histories, larger or more efficient fulfillment infrastructures, greater technical capabilities, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. In addition, business combinations and consolidation in and across the industries in which we compete could further increase the competition we face and result in competitors with significantly greater resources and customer bases than us.  Further, some of our other current or potential competitors may be smaller, less regulated, and have a greater ability to reposition their product offerings than companies that, like us, operate at a larger scale.  These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater sales and profits from their existing customer base, acquire customers at lower costs, respond more quickly than we can to changes in consumer demand and tastes, or otherwise compete with us effectively, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  These competitors may engage in more extensive research and development efforts, undertake more far‑reaching marketing campaigns and adopt more aggressive pricing policies, which may allow them to build larger customer bases or generate additional sales more effectively than we do.

Changes in food costs and availability could materially adversely affect our business.

The success of our business depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in food and supply costs and availability.  We are susceptible to increases in food costs as a result of factors beyond our control, such as general economic conditions, market changes, increased competition, general risk of inflation, exchange rate fluctuations, seasonal fluctuations, shortages or interruptions, weather conditions, changes in global climates, global demand, food safety concerns, generalized infectious diseases, changes in law or policy, declines in fertile or arable lands, product recalls and government regulations.  In particular, deflation in food prices could reduce the attractiveness

20


 

Table of Contents

of our product offerings relative to competing products and thus impede our ability to maintain or increase overall sales, while food inflation, particularly periods of rapid inflation, could reduce our operating margins as there may be a lag between the time of the price increase and the time at which we are able to increase the price of our product offerings.  We generally do not have long‑term supply contracts or guaranteed purchase commitments with our food suppliers, and we do not hedge our commodity risks.  In limited circumstances, we may enter into strategic purchasing commitment contracts with certain suppliers, but many of these contracts are relatively short in duration and may provide only limited protection from price fluctuations, and the use of these arrangements may limit our ability to benefit from favorable price movements.  As a result, we may not be able to anticipate, react to or mitigate against cost fluctuations which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Any increase in the prices of the ingredients most critical to our recipes, or scarcity of such ingredients, such as vegetables, poultry, beef, pork and seafood, would adversely affect our operating results.  Alternatively, in the event of cost increases or decrease of availability with respect to one or more of our key ingredients, we may choose to temporarily suspend including such ingredients in our recipes, rather than paying the increased cost for the ingredients.  Any such changes to our available recipes could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we do not successfully maintain, operate and optimize our fulfillment centers and logistics channels, including by expanding our use of automation, and manage our ongoing real property and operational needs, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

If we do not successfully maintain, operate and optimize our fulfillment centers, we may experience insufficient or excess fulfillment capacity, increased costs, impairment charges or other harm to our business.  We have encountered in the past, and may encounter in the future, difficulty in hiring a sufficient number of employees to adequately staff our fulfillment centers, requiring us to use temporary workers through third parties at greater cost and with lower levels of performance.  If we do not have sufficient fulfillment capacity or experience problems or delays in fulfilling orders, our customers may experience delays in receiving their meal deliveries, which could harm our reputation and our customer relationships and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  In addition, any disruption in, or the loss of operations at, one or more of our fulfillment centers, even on a short term basis, could delay or postpone production of our products, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  For example, unexpected complexities and costs arose with the launch of our Linden, New Jersey fulfillment center in late 2017, which adversely affected our revenue expectations, the rollout of our new product offerings, and our ability to acquire and retain new customers. Similarly, in January 2019 we announced the transfer of a substantial portion of the production volume from our Arlington, Texas fulfillment center to our Linden, New Jersey fulfillment center, and any disruptions to our operations at either or both facilities or other unanticipated challenges arising during or after this transition could adversely affect our fulfillment operations and production efficiency, cause delays in fulfilling customer orders and negatively impact our business and financial condition.

We have designed and built our own fulfillment center infrastructure, including customizing third party inventory and package handling software systems, which is tailored to meet the specific needs of our business.  Furthermore, we are continuing to expand the use of automated production equipment and processes in our fulfillment centers.  To the extent we add capacity, capabilities and automated production equipment and processes to our fulfillment centers, our fulfillment operations will become increasingly complex and challenging.  Any failure to hire, train or retain employees capable of operating our fulfillment centers could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  We also may be unable to procure and implement automated production equipment and processes on a timely basis, and they may not operate as intended or achieve anticipated cost efficiencies.  For example, suppliers could miss their equipment delivery schedules, new production lines and operations could improve less rapidly than expected, or not at all, the equipment or processes could require longer design time than anticipated or redesigning after installation, and new production technology may involve equipment and processes with which we are not fully experienced.  Difficulties we experience in further automating our fulfillment processes could impair our ability to reduce costs and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  Furthermore, we currently, and may in the future continue to, contract with third parties to conduct certain of our fulfillment processes and operations on our behalf.  Interruptions or failures in these services, or operational impacts arising from transitioning between these third party providers, could delay or prevent the delivery of our products and

21


 

Table of Contents

adversely affect our ability to fulfill our customers’ orders.  In addition, any disruption in the operation of our fulfillment centers, including due to factors such as earthquakes, weather, fires, floods, power losses, telecommunications failures, acts of war or terrorism, human errors and similar events or disruptions, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We will need to continue to maintain sufficient fulfillment and storage capacity in order to meet our customer demand. To the extent we grow in the future, we may need to add additional fulfillment and storage capacity in order to meet customer demand.    For example, in 2017 we launched a fulfillment center in Linden, New Jersey, which increased our overall fulfillment capacity.   If we do not successfully manage our ongoing real property and operational needs or if we redeploy these facilities for other uses or vacate these facilities, we may experience insufficient or excess fulfillment capacity, increased costs, impairment charges or other harm to our business, financial condition and operating results.  For example, in January 2019 we announced our intent to transfer of a substantial portion of the production volume from our Arlington, Texas fulfillment center to our Linden, New Jersey fulfillment center and to consolidate our Texas fulfillment operations in our Arlington fulfillment center, in connection with which we expect to incur approximately $1.0 million in restructuring costs. If events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of our long-lived assets may not be recoverable, we may be required to recognize impairment charges on any of our assets .  For example, in 2017 we recorded impairment charges of $9.5 million on long-lived assets primarily related to the transition of all of our Jersey City fulfillment center operations to our fulfillment center in Linden, New Jersey, as well as our decision to no longer pursue the planned build-out of the Fairfield, California facility. As a result of our decision to no longer pursue the build-out of our Fairfield facility, we are continuing to evaluate potential alternatives for this property. If we are unable to timely identify a suitable alternative for this property, we would continue to incur significant financial costs. We also rely on fixed duration leases for our other real properties, including the lease for our headquarters in New York, New York, which expires in October 2019. If we are unable to timely enter into suitable lease agreements or extensions for any of our real properties, we may incur additional unanticipated costs associated with identifying and securing an alternative premises, suffer disruptions to our operations as a result of any necessary transition, face employee attrition or experience other harm to our business. We expect to incur future capital expenditures in our fulfillment centers in order to optimize and drive efficiency in our operations. For a discussion of our projected future capital expenditures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”  The timing and amount of our projected capital expenditures is dependent upon a number of factors, and may vary significantly from our estimates. We cannot assure you that any future capital expenditures will be timely or effectively integrated into our existing operations, any adjustments to production volume, including transitions between fulfillment centers, will be completed on an efficient and timely basis without adversely impacting our operations, that our fulfillment software systems will continue to meet our business needs, or that we will be able to execute on our strategic plans or recruit qualified managerial and operational personnel necessary to support our strategic plans.  Any changes to our overall fulfillment capacity or existing fulfillment center operations will put pressure on our managerial, financial, operational, technological and other resources.

If we resume growth, we may be unable to effectively expand our fulfillment operations and increase our fulfillment capacity or to effectively control expansion‑related expenses, or if we grow faster than we anticipate, we may exceed our fulfillment center capacity sooner than we anticipate, we may experience problems fulfilling orders in a timely manner or in a manner our customers expect, or our customers may experience delays in receiving their purchases, any of which could harm our reputation and our relationships with our customers.  Many of the expenses and investments with respect to our fulfillment centers are fixed, and any expansion of such fulfillment centers will require additional investment of capital.  We expect to continue to incur certain capital expenditures in the future for our fulfillment center operations.  We may incur such expenses or make such investments in advance of expected sales, and such expected sales may not occur.

Our ability to source quality ingredients and other products is critical to our business, and any disruption to our supply or supply chain could materially adversely affect our business.

We depend on frequent deliveries of ingredients and other products from a variety of local, regional, national and international suppliers, and some of our suppliers may depend on a variety of other local, regional, national and international suppliers to fulfill the purchase orders we place with them.  The availability of such ingredients and other products at competitive prices depends on many factors beyond our control, including the number and size of farms,

22


 

Table of Contents

ranches and vineyards that provide crops, livestock and raw materials for making wine that meet our quality and production standards.

We rely on our suppliers, and their supply chains, to meet our quality and production standards and specifications and supply ingredients and other products in a timely and safe manner.  We have developed and implemented a series of measures to ensure the safety and quality of our third party‑supplied products, including using contract specifications, certificates of identity for some products or ingredients, sample testing by suppliers and sensory based testing.  However, no safety and quality measures can eliminate the possibility that suppliers may provide us with defective or out‑of‑specification products against which regulators may take action or which may subject us to litigation or require a recall.  Suppliers may provide us with food that is or may be unsafe, food that is below our quality standards or food that is improperly labeled.  In addition to a negative customer experience, we could face possible seizure or recall of our products and the imposition of civil or criminal sanctions if we incorporate a defective or out‑of‑specification item into one of our deliveries.

Furthermore, there are many factors beyond our control which could cause shortages or interruptions in the supply of our ingredients and other products, including adverse weather, environmental factors, natural disasters, unanticipated demand, labor or distribution problems, changes in law or policy, food safety issues by our suppliers and their supply chains, and the financial health of our suppliers and their supply chains.  Production of the agricultural products used in our business may also be materially adversely affected by drought, water scarcity, temperature extremes, scarcity of agricultural labor, changes in government agricultural programs or subsidies, import restrictions, scarcity of suitable agricultural land, crop conditions, crop or animal diseases or crop pests.  Failure to take adequate steps to mitigate the likelihood or potential effect of such events, or to effectively manage such events if they occur, may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results, particularly in circumstances where an ingredient or product is sourced from a single supplier or location.

In addition, unexpected delays in deliveries from suppliers that ship directly to our fulfillment centers or increases in transportation costs (including through increased fuel costs) could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  Labor shortages or work stoppages in the transportation industry, long‑term disruptions to the national transportation infrastructure, reduction in capacity and industry‑specific regulations such as hours‑of‑service rules that lead to delays or interruptions of deliveries could also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We currently source certain of our ingredients from suppliers located outside of the United States.  Any event causing a disruption or delay of imports from suppliers located outside of the United States, including weather, drought, crop‑related diseases, the imposition of import or export restrictions, restrictions on the transfer of funds or increased tariffs, destination‑based taxes, value‑added taxes, quotas or increased regulatory requirements, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of our ingredients and the other materials required by our product offerings, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  Furthermore, our suppliers’ operations may be adversely affected by political and financial instability, resulting in the disruption of trade from exporting countries, restrictions on the transfer of funds or other trade disruptions, each of which could adversely affect our access or ability to source ingredients and other materials used in our product offerings on a timely or cost‑effective basis.

The reliable and cost‑effective storage, transport and delivery of ingredients and other products and our product offerings is critical to our business, and any interruptions, delays or failures could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

We maintain arrangements with third parties to store ingredients and other products, to deliver ingredients and other products from our suppliers to our fulfillment centers and to transport ingredients and other products between our fulfillment centers.  Interruptions or failures in these services could delay or prevent the delivery of these ingredients and other products to us and therefore adversely affect our ability to fulfill our customers’ orders.  These interruptions may be due to events that are beyond our control or the control of the third parties with whom we contract.  In addition, we are in the process of refining our internal capabilities with respect to storing ingredients and other products and transporting ingredients and other products both from our suppliers to our storage locations and fulfillment centers and between our storage locations and fulfillment centers.  These efforts may fail to meet our expectations and may not

23


 

Table of Contents

prove to be cost‑effective or as operationally efficient as our current arrangements with third parties, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We also maintain arrangements with third party transport carriers to deliver the food products we sell to our customers.  Interruptions, delays or failures in these carrier services could prevent the timely or proper delivery of these products, which may result in significant product inventory losses given the highly perishable nature of our food products.  These interruptions may be due to events that are beyond our control or the control of these carriers, including adverse weather and natural disasters.  If we are not able to maintain acceptable pricing and other terms with these carriers or they experience performance problems or other difficulties, we may not be able to deliver orders in a timely manner and meet customer expectations, and our business and reputation could suffer.

We rely on third party transport carriers for the delivery of our wines to our customers.  State and federal laws regulate the ability of transport carriers to transport wine, and carriers may be required to obtain licenses in order to deliver wine to our customers.  Changes in our access to those carriers, including changes in prices or changes in our relationships with those carriers, changes in the laws allowing third party transport of wine, or regulatory discipline against licenses held by those carriers, could materially adversely affect our wine business.

Delivery of the products we sell to our customers could also be affected or interrupted by the merger, acquisition, insolvency, or government shutdown of the carriers we engage to make deliveries.  If the products we sell are not delivered in proper condition or on a timely basis, our business and reputation could suffer.

Any failure to adequately store, maintain and deliver quality perishable foods could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our ability to adequately store, maintain and deliver quality perishable foods is critical to our business.  We store food products, which are highly perishable, in refrigerated fulfillment centers and ship them to our customers inside boxes that are insulated with thermal liners and frozen refrigerants to maintain appropriate temperatures in transit and use refrigerated third party delivery trucks to support temperature control for shipments to certain locations.  Keeping our food products at specific temperatures maintains freshness and enhances food safety.  In the event of extended power outages, natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences, failures of the refrigeration systems in our fulfillment centers or third party delivery trucks, failure to use adequate packaging to maintain appropriate temperatures, or other circumstances both within and beyond our control, our inability to store highly perishable inventory at specific temperatures could result in significant product inventory losses as well as increased risk of food‑borne illnesses and other food safety risks.  Improper handling or storage of food by a customer—without any fault by us—could result in food‑borne illnesses, which could nonetheless result in negative publicity and harm to our brand and reputation.  Further, we contract with third parties to conduct certain fulfillment processes and operations on our behalf or to sell our product in a retail environment.  Any failure by such third party to adequately store, maintain or transport perishable foods could negative impact the safety, quality and merchantability of our products and the experience of our customers. The occurrence of any of these risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our past revenue growth masked seasonal fluctuations in our operating results.  As our revenue declines or if it begins to increase at a more moderate rate , or as seasonal patterns become more pronounced, seasonality could have a material impact on our results.

Our business is seasonal in nature, which impacts the levels at which customers engage with our products and brand, and, as a result, the trends of our revenue and our expenses fluctuate from quarter to quarter.  For example, we anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement. Conversely, during the summer months and the end of year holidays, when people are vacationing more often or have less predictable weekly routines, we generally anticipate lower customer engagement.  In addition, our marketing strategies and expenditures, which may be informed by these seasonal trends, will impact our quarterly results of operations.  These trends may cause our revenue and our cash requirements to vary from quarter to quarter depending on the variability in the volume and timing of sales.  We believe that these seasonal trends have affected and will continue to affect our quarterly results.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”  Our past revenue growth masked the impact of seasonality, but as our revenue declines or if it begins to

24


 

Table of Contents

increase at a more moderate rate, or as seasonal spending by our customers becomes more pronounced, seasonality could have a more significant impact on our operating results from period to period.

We rely on our proprietary technology and data to forecast customer demand and to manage our supply chain, and any failure of this technology could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We rely on our proprietary technology and data to forecast demand and predict our customers’ orders, determine the amounts of ingredients and other supply to purchase, and to optimize our in‑bound and out‑bound logistics for delivery and transport of our supply to our fulfillment centers and of our product offerings to customers.  If this technology fails or produces inaccurate results at any step in this process—such as if the data we collect from customers is insufficient or incorrect, if we over or underestimate future demand, or if we fail to optimize delivery routes to our customers—we could experience increased food waste or shortages in key ingredients, the operational efficiency of our supply chain may suffer (including as a result of excess or shortage of fulfillment center capacity) or our customers may experience delays or failures in the delivery of our product offerings, for example by missing ingredients.  Moreover, forecasts based on historical data, regardless of any historical patterns or the quality of the underlying data, are inherently uncertain, and unforeseen changes in consumer tastes or external events could result in material inaccuracy of our forecasts, which could result in disruptions in our business and our incurrence of significant costs and waste.  Furthermore, any interruptions or delays in our ability to use or access our proprietary technology could lead to interruptions or delays in our supply chain.  The occurrence of any of the foregoing risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The termination of, or material changes to, our relationships with key suppliers or vendors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We currently depend on a limited number of suppliers for some of our key ingredients.  We strive to work with suppliers that engage in certain growing, raising or farming standards that we believe are superior to conventional practices and that can deliver products that are specific to our quality, food safety and production standards .     Currently, there are a limited number of meat and seafood suppliers that are able to simultaneously meet our standards and volume requirements.  As such, these suppliers could be difficult to replace if we were no longer able to rely on them.  We also work with suppliers that produce specialty or unique ingredients for us.  It can take a significant amount of time and resources to identify, develop and maintain relationships with certain suppliers, including suppliers that produce specialty or unique products for us.  In the event of any disruptions to our relationships with our suppliers of specialty products, the ingredients they produce for us would be difficult to replace.  The termination of, or material changes to, arrangements with key suppliers or vendors, disagreements with key suppliers or vendors as to payment or other terms, or the failure of a key supplier or vendor to meet its contractual obligations to us may require us to contract with alternative suppliers or vendors.  For example, the failure of a key supplier to meet its obligations to us or otherwise deliver ingredients at the volumes that meet our quality and production standards could require us to make purchases from alternative suppliers or make changes to our product offerings.  If we have to replace key suppliers or vendors, we may be subject to pricing or other terms less favorable than those we currently enjoy, and it may be difficult to identify and secure relationships with alternative suppliers or vendors that are able to meet our volume requirements, food safety and quality or other standards.  If we cannot replace or engage suppliers or vendors who meet our specifications and standards in a short period of time, we could encounter increased expenses, shortages of ingredients and other items, disruptions or delays in customer shipments or other harm.  In this event, we could experience a significant reduction in sales and incur higher costs for replacement goods and customer refunds during the shortage or thereafter, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

In our wine business, we rely on the use of third party alternating proprietorship winemaking facilities.  We rely on the host or owner of such facilities to ensure that the facilities are operational and maintained in good condition.  Changes in those facilities or our access to those facilities, including changes in prices or changes in our relationships with the third parties who own and operate those facilities, or regulatory discipline against licenses held by those third parties, or any failure by such third parties to maintain their facilities in good condition, may impair our ability to produce wines at such facilities and could materially adversely affect our wine business.

25


 

Table of Contents

Higher labor costs due to statutory and regulatory changes could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Various federal and state labor laws govern our relationships with our employees and affect operating costs.  These laws include employee classifications as exempt or non‑exempt, minimum wage requirements, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, overtime, family leave, workplace health and safety standards, payroll taxes, citizenship requirements and other wage and benefit requirements for employees classified as non‑exempt.  As our employees are paid at rates set at, or above but related to, the applicable minimum wage, further increases in the minimum wage could increase our labor costs.  Significant additional government regulations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Unionization activities may disrupt our operations and adversely affect our profitability.

Although none of our employees is currently covered under a collective bargaining agreement, our employees may elect to be represented by labor unions in the future.  For example, in April 2018, a local labor union filed an election petition with the National Labor Relations Board seeking to represent certain employees at our Linden, New Jersey facility; however, such employees subsequently voted to not be represented by the union. If a significant number of our employees were to become unionized and collective bargaining agreement terms were to deviate significantly from our current compensation and benefits structure, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.  In addition, a labor dispute involving some or all of our employees may harm our reputation, disrupt our operations and reduce our revenues, and the resolution of labor disputes may increase our costs.

Disruptions in our data and information systems could harm our reputation and our ability to run our business.

We rely extensively on data and information systems for our supply chain, order processing, fulfillment operations, financial reporting, human resources and various other operations, processes and transactions.  Furthermore, a significant portion of the communications between, and storage of personal data of, our personnel, customers and suppliers depends on information technology.  Our data and information systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches (including breaches of our transaction processing or other systems that could result in the compromise of confidential customer data), catastrophic events, data breaches and usage errors by our employees or third party service providers.  Our data and information technology systems may also fail to perform as we anticipate, and we may encounter difficulties in adapting these systems to changing technologies or expanding them to meet the future needs of our business.  If our systems are breached, damaged or cease to function properly, we may have to make significant investments to fix or replace them, suffer interruptions in our operations, incur liability to our customers and others or face costly litigation, and our reputation with our customers may be harmed.  We also rely on third parties for a majority of our data and information systems, including for third party hosting and payment processing.  If these facilities fail, or if they suffer a security breach or interruption or degradation of service, a significant amount of our data could be lost or compromised and our ability to operate our business and deliver our product offerings could be materially impaired.  In addition, various third parties, such as our suppliers and payment processors, also rely heavily on information technology systems, and any failure of these systems could also cause loss of sales, transactional or other data and significant interruptions to our business.  Any material interruption in the data and information technology systems we rely on, including the data or information technology systems of third parties, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our business is subject to data security risks, including security breaches.

We, or our third party vendors on our behalf, collect, process, store and transmit substantial amounts of information, including information about our customers.  We take steps to protect the security and integrity of the information we collect, process, store or transmit, but there is no guarantee that inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure will not occur or that third parties will not gain unauthorized access to this information despite such efforts.  Security breaches, computer malware, computer hacking attacks and other compromises of information security measures have become more prevalent in the business world and may occur on our systems or those of our vendors in the future.  Large Internet companies and websites have from time to time disclosed sophisticated and targeted attacks on

26


 

Table of Contents

portions of their websites, and an increasing number have reported such attacks resulting in breaches of their information security.  We and our third party vendors are at risk of suffering from similar attacks and breaches.  Although we take steps to maintain confidential and proprietary information on our information systems, these measures and technology may not adequately prevent security breaches and we rely on our third party vendors to take appropriate measures to protect the security and integrity of the information on those information systems.  Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or to sabotage information systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us, we may be unable to anticipate or prevent these attacks.  In addition, a party who is able to illicitly obtain a customer’s identification and password credentials may be able to access the customer’s account and certain account data.

Any actual or suspected security breach or other compromise of our security measures or those of our third party vendors, whether as a result of hacking efforts, denial‑of‑service attacks, viruses, malicious software, break‑ins, phishing attacks, social engineering or otherwise, could harm our reputation and business, damage our brand and make it harder to retain existing customers or acquire new ones, require us to expend significant capital and other resources to address the breach, and result in a violation of applicable laws, regulations or other legal obligations.  Our insurance policies may not be adequate to reimburse us for direct losses caused by any such security breach or indirect losses due to resulting customer attrition.

We rely on email and other messaging services to connect with our existing and potential customers.  Our customers may be targeted by parties using fraudulent spoofing and phishing emails to misappropriate passwords, payment information or other personal information or to introduce viruses through Trojan horse programs or otherwise through our customers’ computers, smartphones, tablets or other devices.  Despite our efforts to mitigate the effectiveness of such malicious email campaigns through product improvements, spoofing and phishing may damage our brand and increase our costs.  Any of these events or circumstances could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are subject to risks associated with payments to us from our customers and other third parties, including risks associated with fraud.

Nearly all of our customers’ payments are made by credit card or debit card.  We currently rely exclusively on one third party vendor to provide payment processing services, including the processing of payments from credit cards and debit cards, and our business would be disrupted if this vendor becomes unwilling or unable to provide these services to us and we are unable to find a suitable replacement on a timely basis.  We are also subject to payment brand operating rules, payment card industry data security standards and certification requirements, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it more difficult or impossible for us to comply.  If we fail to comply with these rules or requirements, we may be subject to fines and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from customers, which would make our services less convenient and attractive to our customers and likely result in a substantial reduction in revenue.  We may also incur losses as a result of claims that the customer did not authorize given purchases, fraud, erroneous transmissions and customers who have closed bank accounts or have insufficient funds in their accounts to satisfy payments owed to us.

We are subject to, or voluntarily comply with, a number of other laws and regulations relating to the payments we accept from our customers and third parties, including with respect to money laundering, money transfers, privacy, and information security, and electronic fund transfers.  These laws and regulations could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply.  If we were found to be in violation of any of these applicable laws or regulations, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties and higher transaction fees or lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from our customers, process electronic funds transfers or facilitate other types of online payments, which may make our services less convenient and less attractive to our customers and diminish the customer experience.

27


 

Table of Contents

Our results could be adversely affected by natural disasters, public health crises, political crises or other catastrophic events.

Natural disasters, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, earthquakes, droughts and other adverse weather and climate conditions; unforeseen public health crises, such as pandemics and epidemics; crop or animal diseases; crop pests; political crises, such as terrorist attacks, war and other political instability or uncertainty; or other catastrophic events, whether occurring in the United States or internationally, could disrupt our operations or the operations of one or more of our suppliers.  In particular, these types of events could impact our supply chain from or to the impacted region given our dependency on frequent deliveries of ingredients and other products from a variety of local, regional and national suppliers.  In addition, these types of events could adversely affect consumer spending in the impacted regions or our ability to deliver our products to our customers safely, cost-effectively or at all.  To the extent any of these events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

We may be unsuccessful in making, integrating and maintaining acquisitions, joint ventures , partnerships and strategic investments.

We expect to evaluate and consider a wide array of potential strategic transactions and partnerships, including acquisitions and dispositions of businesses, joint ventures, new technologies, services, partnerships, products and other assets and strategic investments.  Any of these transactions could be material to our business, financial condition and operating results.  The process of executing on any strategic partnership, integrating any acquired business or operating any joint venture may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures.  We may face difficulties in incorporating supply or distribution channels, technology and rights into our existing product offerings, and we may experience unanticipated expenses relating to these and other integration processes.  We may also face known and unknown liabilities associated with a company we acquire ,  in which we invest or with which we partner.

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any or all of our acquisitions and dispositions of businesses, joint ventures , partnerships or investments in the time frame expected or at all.  Valuations supporting our acquisitions and strategic investments could change rapidly.  Following any such transaction, we could determine that such valuations have experienced impairments or other‑than‑temporary declines in fair value which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results through the write‑off of goodwill and other impairment charges. We may face difficulties anticipating customer demands, tastes or preferences in our strategic partnerships and any products offered in connection with such partnerships, which could negatively impact the anticipated value of the strategic partnership and the relationship with the strategic partner, require us to make substantial changes to and additional investments in the strategic partnership or product offerings, or abandon the partnership or product offerings, which may adversely affect our business and financial condition, our opportunities to engage future partners, and our ability to retain existing customers, attract new customers, and increase customer engagement.

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

As a public company, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act, which requires management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of controls over financial reporting.  We are required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis and to make annual assessments of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404.  As an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the date we are no longer an emerging growth company.  At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm, and management, may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we have undertaken various actions, and may need to take additional actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff.  Testing and maintaining internal control can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business.  Additionally, when evaluating our internal control over

28


 

Table of Contents

financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404.  If we identify any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an emerging growth company, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A common stock could be materially adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

The elimination of LIBOR could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

In July 2017, the head of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority announced plans to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. Although the impact is uncertain at this time, the elimination of LIBOR could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.  We may incur significant expenses to amend our LIBOR-indexed loans and other applicable financial or contractual obligations, including our revolving credit facility, to a new reference rate, which may differ significantly from LIBOR.  Accordingly, the use of an alternative rate could result in increased costs, including increased interest expense on our revolving credit facility, and increased borrowing costs in the future. At this time, no consensus exists as to what rate or rates may become acceptable alternatives to LIBOR and we are unable to predict the effect of any such alternatives on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may be accused of infringing or violating the intellectual property rights of others.

Other parties have claimed or may claim in the future that we infringe or violate their trademarks, patents, copyrights, domain names, publicity rights or other proprietary rights.  Such claims, regardless of their merit, could result in litigation or other proceedings and could require us to expend significant financial resources and attention by our management and other personnel that otherwise would be focused on our business operations, result in injunctions against us that prevent us from using material intellectual property rights, or require us to pay damages to third parties.  We may need to obtain licenses from third parties who allege that we have infringed or violated their rights, but such licenses may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all.  In addition, we may not be able to obtain or use on terms that are favorable to us, or at all, licenses or other rights with respect to intellectual property that we do not own, which would require us to develop alternative intellectual property.  To the extent we rely on open source software, we may face claims from third parties that claim ownership of the open source software or derivative works that were developed using such software, or otherwise seek to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license.  Similar claims might also be asserted regarding our in‑house software.  These risks have been amplified by the increase in intellectual property claims by third parties whose sole or primary business is to assert such claims.  As knowledge of our business expands, we are likely to be subject to intellectual property claims against us with increasing frequency, scope and magnitude.  We may also be obligated to indemnify affiliates or other partners who are accused of violating third parties’ intellectual property rights by virtue of those affiliates or partners’ agreements with us, and this could increase our costs in defending such claims and our damages.  Furthermore, such affiliates and partners may discontinue their relationship with us either as a result of injunctions or otherwise.  The occurrence of these results could harm our brand or materially adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights.

We regard our customer lists and other consumer data, trademarks, service marks, domain names, copyrights, trade dress, trade secrets, know‑how, proprietary technology and similar intellectual property as critical to our success.  We cannot be sure that our intellectual property portfolio will not be infringed, violated or otherwise challenged by third parties, or that we will be successful in enforcing, defending or combatting any such infringements, violations, or challenges.  We also cannot be sure that the law might not change in a way that would affect the nature or extent of our intellectual property ownership.

29


 

Table of Contents

We rely on patent, registered and unregistered trademark, copyright and trade secret protection and other intellectual property protections under applicable law to protect these proprietary rights.  While we have taken steps toward procuring trademark registration for several of our trademarks in key countries around the world and have entered or may enter into contracts to assist with the procurement and protection of our trademarks, we cannot assure you that our common law, applied‑for, or registered trademarks are valid and enforceable, that our trademark registrations and applications or use of our trademarks will not be challenged by known or unknown third parties, or that any pending trademark or patent applications will issue or provide us with any competitive advantage.  Effective intellectual property protection may not be available to us or may be challenged by third parties.  Furthermore, regulations governing domain names may not protect our trademarks and other proprietary rights that may be displayed on or in conjunction with our website and other marketing media.  We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring or retaining domain names that are similar to, infringe upon, or diminish the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights.

We also rely on confidentiality, supplier, license and other agreements with our employees, suppliers and others.  There is no guarantee that these third parties will comply with these agreements and refrain from misappropriating our proprietary rights.  Misappropriation of our proprietary rights could materially adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

We may not be able to discover or determine the extent of any unauthorized use or infringement or violation of our intellectual property or proprietary rights.  Third parties also may take actions that diminish the value of our proprietary rights or our reputation.  The protection of our intellectual property may require the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.  Moreover, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not adequately protect our proprietary rights or prevent third parties from continuing to infringe or misappropriate these rights.  We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology or other intellectual property rights, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.  Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity.  Such litigation could be costly, time‑consuming and distracting to management, result in a diversion of resources, the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights.  These steps may be inadequate to protect our intellectual property.  We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property.  Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to use information that we regard as proprietary to create product offerings that compete with ours.

We currently operate only in the United States.  To the extent that we determine to expand our business internationally, we will encounter additional risks, including different, uncertain or more stringent laws relating to intellectual property rights and protection.

Risks Related to Government Regulation of Our Food Operations

We are subject to extensive governmental regulations, which require significant expenditures and ongoing compliance efforts.

We are subject to extensive federal, state and local regulations.  Our food processing facilities and products are subject to inspection by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, or USDA, the FDA and various state and local health and agricultural agencies.  Applicable statutes and regulations governing food products include rules for labeling the content of specific types of foods, the nutritional value of that food and its serving size, as well as rules that protect against contamination of products by food‑borne pathogens and food production rules addressing the discharge of materials and pollutants and animal welfare.  Many jurisdictions also provide that food producers adhere to good manufacturing or

30


 

Table of Contents

production practices (the definitions of which may vary by jurisdiction) with respect to processing food.  Recently, the food safety practices and procedures in the meat processing industry have been subject to more intense scrutiny and oversight by the USDA, and future outbreaks of diseases among cattle, poultry or pigs could lead to further governmental regulation of our business or of our suppliers.  In addition, our fulfillment centers are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and workplace health.  Failure to comply with all applicable laws and regulations could subject us or our suppliers to civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, product recalls or seizures and criminal sanctions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.  Furthermore, compliance with current or future laws or regulations could require us to make significant expenditures or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Even inadvertent, non‑negligent or unknowing violations of federal, state or local regulatory requirements could expose us to adverse governmental action and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, which governs the shipment of foods in interstate commerce, generally does not distinguish between intentional and unknowing, non‑negligent violations of the law’s requirements.  Most state and local laws operate similarly.  Consequently, almost any deviation from subjective or objective requirements of the FDCA or state or local law leaves us vulnerable to a variety of civil and criminal penalties.  In the future, we may deploy new equipment, update our facilities or occupy new facilities.  These activities require us to adjust our operations and regulatory compliance systems to meet rapidly changing conditions.  Although we have adopted and implemented systems to prevent the production of unsafe or mislabeled products, any failure of those systems to prevent or anticipate an instance or category of deficiency could result in significant business interruption and financial losses to us.  The occurrence of events that are difficult to prevent completely, such as the introduction of pathogenic organisms from the outside environment into our facilities, also may result in the failure of our products to meet legal standards.  Under these conditions we could be exposed to civil and criminal regulatory action.

In some instances we may be responsible or held liable for the activities and compliance of our third party vendors and suppliers, despite limited visibility into their operations.  Although we monitor and carefully select our third party vendors and suppliers, they may fail to adhere to regulatory standards, our safety and quality standards or labor and employment practices, and we may fail to identify deficiencies or violations on a timely basis or at all.  In addition, a statute in California called the Transparency in Supply Chains Act of 2010 requires us to audit our suppliers with respect to certain risks related to slavery and human trafficking and to mitigate any such risks in our operations, and any failure to disclose issues or other non‑compliance could subject us to action by the California Attorney General.

We cannot assure you that we will always be in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations or that we will be able to comply with any future laws and regulations.  Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes to law, regulation or policy applicable to foods could leave us vulnerable to adverse governmental action and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The food industry is highly regulated.  We invest significant resources in our efforts to comply with the local, state and federal food regulatory regimes under which we operate.  However, we cannot assure you that existing laws and regulations will not be revised or that new, more restrictive laws, regulations, guidance or enforcement policies will not be adopted or become applicable to us, our suppliers or the products we distribute.  We also operate under a business model that is relatively new to the food industry, in which we rapidly source, process, store and package meal ingredients—including fresh fruits and vegetables, and poultry, beef and seafood, each of which may be subject to a unique regulatory regime—and ship them directly to consumers in the course of e‑commerce transactions.  Our business model leaves our business particularly susceptible to changes in and reinterpretations of compliance policies of the FDA and other government agencies, and some of our competitors may interpret the applicability of the same or similar laws and regulations to their businesses differently than we interpret them.  Furthermore, certain recently promulgated FDA regulations, such as the requirements regarding food defense, are not yet in effect, and it is unclear how the FDA may interpret and enforce many other recent regulations, presenting considerable future uncertainty.  Under the current

31


 

Table of Contents

administration, recent and ongoing changes in senior federal government officials and policy priorities create additional uncertainty.

Our existing compliance structures may be insufficient to address the changing regulatory environment and changing expectations from government regulators regarding our business model.  This may result in gaps in compliance coverage or the omission of necessary new compliance activity.  Furthermore, the expansion of our business internationally would require us to comply with foreign laws and regulations, including those related to food safety, employment and health and safety, each of which may be materially different than the laws and regulations applicable to us in the United States.  In addition, and regardless of our prospective compliance status, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected by future changes in applicable law and regulations.

Our facilities and operations are governed by numerous and sometimes conflicting registration, licensing and reporting requirements.

Our fulfillment centers are required to be registered with the federal government and, depending on their location, are also subject to the authority of state and local governments.  In some cases, disparate registration and licensing requirements lead to legal uncertainty, inconsistent government classifications of our operations and unpredictable governmental actions.  Regulators may also change prior interpretations of governing licensing and registration requirements.  Our relatively new business model leaves us particularly susceptible to these factors.  If we misapply or misidentify licensing or registration requirements, fail to maintain our registrations or licenses or otherwise violate applicable requirements, our products may be subject to seizure or recall and our operations subject to injunction.  This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Similarly, we are required to submit reports to the FDA’s Reportable Food Registry in the event that we determine a product may present a serious danger to consumers.  The reporting requirement may be triggered based on a subjective assessment of incomplete and changing facts.  Our inventory moves very rapidly throughout our supply and distribution chain.  Should we fail, in a timely fashion, to identify and report a potentially reportable event which, subsequently, is determined to have been reportable, government authorities may institute civil or criminal enforcement actions against us, and may result in civil litigation against us or criminal charges against certain of our employees.  This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Good manufacturing process standards and food safety compliance metrics are complex, highly subjective and selectively enforced.

The federal regulatory scheme governing food products establishes guideposts and objectives for complying with legal requirements rather than providing clear direction on when particular standards apply or how they must be met.  For example, FDA regulations referred to as Hazard Analysis and Risk‑Based Preventive Controls for Human Food require that we evaluate food safety hazards inherent to our specific products and operations.  We must then implement “preventive controls” in cases where we determine that qualified food safety personnel would recommend that we do so.  Determining what constitutes a food safety hazard, or what a qualified food safety expert might recommend to prevent such a hazard, requires evaluating a variety of situational factors.  This analysis is necessarily subjective, and a government regulator may find our analysis or conclusions inadequate.  Similarly, the standard of “good manufacturing practice” to which we are held in our food production operations relies on a hypothesis regarding what individuals and organizations qualified in food manufacturing and food safety would find to be appropriate practices in the context of our operations.  Our business model, and the scale and nature of our operations, have relatively few meaningful comparisons among traditional food companies.  Government regulators may disagree with our analyses and decisions regarding the good manufacturing practices appropriate for our operations.

Decisions made or processes adopted by us in producing our meals are subject to after‑the‑fact review by government authorities, sometimes years after the fact.  Similarly, governmental agencies and personnel within those agencies may alter, clarify or even reverse previous interpretations of compliance requirements and the circumstances under which they will institute formal enforcement activity.  It is not always possible accurately to predict regulators’ responses to actual or alleged food‑production deficiencies due to the large degree of discretion afforded regulators.  We

32


 

Table of Contents

may be vulnerable to civil or criminal enforcement action by government regulators if they disagree with our analyses, conclusions, actions or practices.  This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Packaging, labeling and advertising requirements are subject to varied interpretation and selective enforcement.

We operate under a novel business model in which we source, process, store and package meal ingredients and ship them directly to consumers.  Most FDA requirements for mandatory food labeling are decades old and were adopted prior to the advent of large‑scale, direct‑to‑consumer food sales and e‑commerce platforms.  Consequently, we, like our competitors, must make judgments regarding how best to comply with labeling and packaging regulations and industry practices not designed with our specific business model in mind.  Government regulators may disagree with these judgments, leaving us open to civil or criminal enforcement action.  This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are subject to detailed and complex requirements for how our products may be labeled and advertised, which may also be supplemented by guidance from governmental agencies.  Generally speaking, these requirements divide information into mandatory information that we must present to consumers and voluntary information that we may present to consumers.  Packaging, labeling, disclosure and advertising regulations may describe what mandatory information must be provided to consumers, where and how that information is to be displayed physically on our materials or elsewhere, the terms, words or phrases in which it must be disclosed, and the penalties for non‑compliance.

Voluntary statements made by us or by certain third parties, whether on package labels or labeling, on websites, in print, in radio, on social media channels, or on television, can be subject to FDA regulation, Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, regulation, USDA regulation, state and local regulation, or any combination of the foregoing.  These statements may be subject to specific requirements, subjective regulatory evaluation, and legal challenges by plaintiffs.  FDA, FTC, USDA and state‑ and local‑level regulations and guidance can be confusing and subject to conflicting interpretations.  Guidelines, standards and market practice for, and consumers’ understandings of, certain types of voluntary statements, such as those characterizing the nutritional and other attributes of food products, continue to evolve rapidly, and regulators may attempt to impose civil or criminal penalties against us if they disagree with our approach to using voluntary statements.  Furthermore, in recent years the FDA has increased enforcement of its regulations with respect to nutritional, health and other claims related to food products, and plaintiffs have commenced legal actions against a number of companies that market food products positioned as “natural” or “healthy,” asserting false, misleading and deceptive advertising and labeling claims, including claims related to such food being “all natural” or that they lack any genetically modified ingredients.  Should we become subject to similar claims or actions, consumers may avoid purchasing products from us or seek alternatives, even if the basis for the claim is unfounded, and the cost of defending against any such claims could be significant.  The occurrence of any of the foregoing risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to Government Regulation of our Wine Business

If we do not comply with the specialized regulations and laws that regulate the alcoholic beverage industry, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Alcoholic beverages are highly regulated at both the federal and state levels.  Regulated areas include production, importation, product labeling, taxes, marketing, pricing, delivery, ownership restrictions, prohibitions on sales to minors, and relationships among alcoholic beverage producers, wholesalers and retailers.  We cannot assure you that we will always be in full compliance with all applicable regulations or laws, that we will be able to comply with any future regulations and laws, that we will not incur material costs or liabilities in connection with compliance with applicable regulatory and legal requirements, or that such regulations and laws will not materially adversely affect our wine business. We rely on various internal and external personnel with relevant experience complying with applicable regulatory and legal requirements, and the loss of personnel with such expertise could adversely affect our wine business.

33


 

Table of Contents

Licenses issued by state and federal alcoholic beverage regulatory agencies are required in order to produce, sell and ship wine.  We have state and federal licenses, and must remain in compliance with state and federal laws in order to keep our licenses in good standing.  Compliance failures can result in fines, license suspension or license revocation.  In some cases, compliance failures can also result in cease and desist orders, injunctive proceedings or other criminal or civil penalties.  If our licenses do not remain in good standing, our wine business could be materially adversely affected.

Our wine business relies substantially on state laws that authorize the shipping of wine by out‑of‑state producers directly to in‑state consumers.  Those laws are relatively new in many states, and it is common for the laws to be modified or regulators to change prior interpretations of governing licensing requirements.  Adverse changes to laws or their interpretation allowing a producer to ship wine to consumers across state lines could materially adversely affect our wine business.

Other Risks Related to Government Regulation

Government regulation of the Internet, e‑commerce and other aspects of our business is evolving, and we may experience unfavorable changes in or failure to comply with existing or future regulations and laws.

We are subject to a number of regulations and laws that apply generally to businesses, as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet and e‑commerce and the marketing, sale and delivery of goods and services over the Internet.  Existing and future regulations and laws may impede the growth and availability of the Internet and online services and may limit our ability to operate our business.  These laws and regulations, which continue to evolve, cover taxation, tariffs, privacy and data protection, data security, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, mobile and other communications, advertising practices, electronic contracts, sales procedures, automatic subscription renewals, credit card processing procedures, consumer protections, the provision of online payment services, unencumbered Internet access to our services, the design and operation of websites, and the characteristics and quality of product offerings that are offered online.  We cannot guarantee that we have been or will be fully compliant in every jurisdiction, as it is not entirely clear how existing laws and regulations governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, consumer protection, libel and personal privacy apply or will be enforced with respect to the Internet and e‑commerce, as many of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and e‑commerce and do not contemplate or address the unique issues they raise.  Moreover, as e‑commerce continues to evolve, increasing regulation and enforcement efforts by federal and state agencies and the prospects for private litigation claims related to our data collection, privacy policies or other e‑commerce practices become more likely.  In addition, the adoption of any laws or regulations, or the imposition of other legal requirements, that adversely affect our ability to market, sell, and deliver our products could decrease our ability to offer, or customer demand for, our offerings, resulting in lower revenue, and existing or future laws or regulations could impair our ability to expand our product offerings, which could also result in lower revenue and make us more vulnerable to increased competition.  Future regulations, or changes in laws and regulations or their existing interpretations or applications, could also require us to change our business practices, raise compliance costs or other costs of doing business and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Failure to comply with privacy‑related obligations, including federal and state privacy laws and regulations and other legal obligations, or the expansion of current or the enactment of new privacy‑related obligations could materially adversely affect our business.

A variety of federal and state laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, transfer and security of customer data.  We also may choose to comply with, or may be required to comply with, self‑regulatory obligations or other industry standards with respect to our collection, use, retention, sharing or security of customer data.

We strive to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, self‑regulatory requirements, policies and legal obligations relating to privacy, data usage, and data protection.  It is possible, however, that these laws, regulations and other obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and which may conflict with other rules or requirements or our practices.  We cannot guarantee that our practices have complied, comply, or will comply fully with all such laws, regulations, requirements and obligations.

34


 

Table of Contents

We have posted our privacy policy which describes our practice related to the collection, use and disclosure of customer data on our website and in our mobile application.  Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policy or with any federal or state laws, regulations, self‑regulatory requirements, industry standards, or other legal obligations could result in claims, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, customers or others, or other liabilities, or could result in a loss of customers, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  In addition, a failure or perceived failure to comply with industry standards or with our own privacy policy and practices could result in a loss of customers and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Additionally, existing privacy‑related laws, regulations, self‑regulatory obligations and other legal obligations are evolving and are subject to potentially differing interpretations.  Various federal and state legislative and regulatory bodies may expand current laws or enact new laws regarding privacy matters, and courts may interpret existing privacy‑related laws and regulations in new or different manners.  For example, the State of California enacted legislation in June 2018, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”), which will come into effect on January 1, 2020, and will, among other things, require companies that process information on California residents to provide new disclosures to California consumers, allow such consumers to opt out of data sharing with third parties and provide a new cause of action for data breaches. California legislators have stated that they intend to propose amendments to the CCPA before it goes into effect, and it remains unclear what, if any, modifications will be made to the CCPA or how it will be applied or interpreted. In addition, if we expand our business internationally we may be subject to non‑U.S. privacy, data protection, consumer protection and other laws and regulations, which in some cases are more restrictive than those in the United States.  For example, the European Union traditionally has imposed stricter obligations under such laws than the United States.  Consequently, the expansion of our operations internationally may require changes to the ways we collect and use consumer information.

Changes in privacy‑related laws, regulations, self‑regulatory obligations and other legal obligations, or changes in industry standards or consumer sentiment, could require us to incur substantial costs or to change our business practices, including changing, limiting or ceasing altogether the collection, use, sharing, or transfer of data relating to consumers.  Any of these effects could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If government regulations relating to the Internet or other areas of our business change, we may need to alter the manner in which we conduct our business, or incur greater operating expenses, which could materially adversely affect our business.

The adoption or modification of laws or regulations relating to the Internet or other areas of our business could limit or otherwise adversely affect the manner in which we currently conduct our business.  In addition, the continued growth and development of the market for e‑commerce may lead to more stringent consumer protection laws, which may impose additional burdens on us.  If we are required to comply with new regulations or legislation or new interpretations of existing regulations or legislation, this compliance could cause us to incur additional expenses or alter our business model, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our failure to collect state or local sales, use or other similar taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities, including for past sales, as well as penalties and interest, and our business could be materially adversely affected.

In general, we have not historically collected state or local sales, use or other similar taxes in any jurisdictions in which we do not have a tax nexus, in reliance on court decisions or applicable exemptions that restrict or preclude the imposition of obligations to collect state and local sales, use and other similar taxes with respect to online sales of our products.  In addition, we have not historically collected state or local sales, use or other similar taxes in certain jurisdictions in which we do have a physical presence in reliance on applicable exemptions.   On June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court decided, in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. , that state and local jurisdictions may, at least in certain circumstances, enforce a sales and use tax collection obligation on remote vendors that have no physical presence in such jurisdiction.  A number of states have already begun, or have positioned themselves to begin, requiring sales and use tax collection by remote vendors and/or by online marketplaces.  The details and effective dates of these collection requirements vary from state to state. We are in the process of determining how and when our collection practices will need to change in the relevant jurisdictions.  It is possible that one or more jurisdictions may assert that we have liability

35


 

Table of Contents

for periods for which we have not collected sales, use or other similar taxes, and if such an assertion or assertions were successful it could result in substantial tax liabilities, including for past sales as well as penalties and interest, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes in tax treatment of companies engaged in e‑commerce could materially adversely affect the commercial use of our sites and our business, financial condition and operating results.

The decision of the U.S. Supreme Court in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. , discussed above, permits state and local jurisdictions, in certain circumstances, to impose sales and use tax collection obligation on remote vendors, and a number of states have already begun imposing such obligations on Internet vendors and online marketplaces.  In addition, due to the global nature of the Internet, it is possible that various states or, if we expand internationally, foreign countries, might attempt to impose additional or new regulation on our business or levy additional or new sales, income or other taxes relating to our activities.  Tax authorities at the international, federal, state and local levels are currently reviewing the appropriate treatment of companies engaged in e commerce.  New or revised international, federal, state or local tax regulations may subject us or our customers to additional sales, income and other taxes.  New or revised taxes and, in particular, sales taxes, value added taxes and similar taxes (including sales and use taxes that we may be required to collect as a result of the Wayfair decision) are likely to increase costs to our customers and increase the cost of doing business online (including the cost of compliance processes necessary to capture data and collect and remit taxes), and such taxes may decrease the attractiveness of purchasing products over the Internet.  Any of these events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations which could subject our business to higher tax liability.

We may be limited in the portion of net operating loss carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes.  As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $319.0 million and $195.2 million, respectively, and state net operating loss carryforwards of $143.7 million and $96.4 million, respectively, that are available to offset future tax liabilities. Our federal net operating loss carryforwards generated prior to 2018 and our state net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2033, if not utilized.  Our net operating loss carryforwards may expire unutilized or underutilized, which could prevent us from offsetting future taxable income.  In addition, under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the U.S. Tax Act, the use of federal net operating loss carryforwards arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 is limited to 80% of our taxable income in any future taxable year, although such losses may be carried forward indefinitely.  Furthermore, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, limits the ability of a company that undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point cumulative change (by value) in the equity ownership of certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period) to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards and certain built-in losses recognized in years after the ownership change.  Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code.  In addition, Section 383 of the Code generally limits the amount of tax liability in any post-ownership change year that can be reduced by pre-ownership change tax credit carryforwards.  If we were to undergo an “ownership change,” it could materially limit our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock

The market price of our Class A common stock has been and may continue to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing our shares.

The market price of our Class A common stock has been and could continue to be subject to significant fluctuations.  For example, since our initial public offering in June 2017, the market price of our Class A common stock has ranged from a high of $11.00 to a low of $0.65. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate include:

·

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

36


 

Table of Contents

·

volatility in the market price and trading volume of comparable companies;

·

actual or anticipated changes in our earnings or fluctuations in our operating results or in the expectations of securities analysts;

·

announcements of new service offerings, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

·

departure of key personnel;

·

litigation involving us or that may be perceived as having an adverse effect on our business;

·

changes in general economic, industry and market conditions and trends;

·

investors’ general perception of us;

·

sales of large blocks of our stock; and

·

announcements regarding industry consolidation.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company.  For example, we are subject to several putative class action lawsuits alleging federal securities law violations in connection with our IPO.  Because of the past and the potential future volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of additional securities litigation in the future.  Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

Our quarterly operating results or other operating metrics may fluctuate significantly, which could cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Our quarterly operating results and other operating metrics have fluctuated in the past and may in the future fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

·

the level of demand for our service offerings and our ability to maintain and increase our customer base;

·

the timing and success of new service introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive landscape of our market;

·

the mix of products sold;

·

order rates by our customers;

·

pricing pressure as a result of competition or otherwise;

·

delays or disruptions in our supply chain;

·

our ability to reduce costs;

·

errors in our forecasting of the demand for our products, which could lead to lower revenue or increased costs;

·

seasonal or other variations in buying patterns by our customers;

·

changes in and timing of sales and marketing and other operating expenses that we may incur;

·

levels of customer credits and refunds;

37


 

Table of Contents

·

adverse litigation judgments, settlements or other litigation‑related costs;

·

food safety concerns, regulatory proceedings or other adverse publicity about us or our products;

·

costs related to the acquisition of businesses, talent, technologies or intellectual property, including potentially significant amortization costs and possible write‑downs;

·

changes in consumer tastes and preferences; and

·

general economic conditions.

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some or all of the factors above may result in significant fluctuations in our operating results.

The variability and unpredictability of our quarterly operating results or other operating metrics could result in our failure to meet our expectations or those of any analysts that cover us or investors with respect to revenue or other operating results for a particular period.  If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our Class A common stock could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

If securities or industry analysts cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock or the stock of other companies in our industry, the price of our stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors.  If one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock or the stock of other companies in our industry, the price of our stock could decline.  If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends on our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future, investors may never receive a return on their investment.

You should not rely on an investment in our Class A common stock to provide dividend income.  We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future.  Instead, we plan to retain any earnings to maintain and support our existing operations.  Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any return on their investment.  As a result, investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our Class A common stock.

Our tri‑class capital structure has the effect of concentrating voting control with our chairman, Matthew B. Salzberg, and the other holders of Class B common stock.  This structure will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including a change of control, and might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Our capital structure consists of three classes of stock: Class B common stock, with ten votes per share; Class A common stock, with one vote per share; and non‑voting Class C capital stock.  As of January 31, 2019, stockholders who held shares of Class B common stock, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, together held approximately 93.5% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock; our executive officers, directors, 5% stockholders and their respective affiliated entities together held approximately 84.9% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock; and our chairman, Matthew B. Salzberg, together with his affiliates, held approximately 38.7%  of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.  Because of the ten‑to‑one voting ratio between the Class B common stock and Class A common stock, the holders of Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, so long as the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent at least 9.1% of the total number

38


 

Table of Contents

of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock.  This concentrated control will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including a change of control of our company, for the foreseeable future, and might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting into Class A common stock, with limited exceptions and permitted transfers described in our restated certificate of incorporation.  In addition, each outstanding share of Class B common stock held by a stockholder who is a natural person, or held by the permitted transferees of such stockholder, will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon the death or permanent and total disability of such stockholder, subject to a conversion delay of nine months in the event of the death or permanent and total disability of one of our founders, Matthew B. Salzberg, Ilia M. Papas or Matthew J. Wadiak.  The conversion of Class B common stock into Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares of Class B common stock in the long term.  If, for example, Mr. Salzberg retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B common stock for an extended period of time, he could, in the future, control a majority of the combined voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

Substantial sales of shares of our Class A common stock could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity or other securities.  We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock.

As of January 31, 2019, an aggregate of 37,733,146 shares of our common stock remained available for future grants under our equity incentive plans. Shares registered under our registration statements on Form S-8 are available for sale in the public market subject to vesting arrangements and exercise of options, and the restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline.

Additionally, as of January 31, 2019, the holders of an aggregate of approximately 104 million shares of our common stock have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file one or more registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. If we were to register these shares for resale, they could be freely sold in the public market. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline.

The exclusion of our Class A common stock from major stock indexes could adversely affect the trading market and price of our Class A common stock.

Several major stock index providers exclude from their indexes the securities of companies with unequal voting rights, such as ours.  Exclusion from stock indexes could make it more difficult, or impossible, for some fund managers to buy the excluded securities, particularly in the case of index tracking mutual funds and exchange traded funds.  The exclusion of our Class A common stock from major stock indexes could adversely affect the trading market and price of our Class A common stock.

We must remain in compliance with the New York Stock Exchange’s requirements for the continued listing of our Class A common stock on the exchange.

Our Class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). If we fail to comply with the NYSE’s listing requirement that the average closing price of our Class A common stock over a consecutive 30-day trading period be not less than $1.00, this will result in our Class A common stock being delisted from the NYSE if we are not able to resume compliance with the NYSE’s listing requirements within the applicable cure period. Our failure to remain in compliance with the NYSE’s listing requirements, and any subsequent failure to resume compliance with the

39


 

Table of Contents

NYSE’s listing requirements within the applicable cure period, could result in delisting from the NYSE and negatively impact our company and holders of our Class A common stock, including by reducing the willingness of investors to hold our Class A common stock because of the resulting decreased price, liquidity and trading of our Class A common stock, limited availability of price quotations, and reduced news and analyst coverage. These developments may also require brokers trading in our Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and may limit our ability to raise capital by issuing additional shares of Class A common stock in the future. Delisting may adversely impact the perception of our financial condition, and cause reputational harm with investors, our employees and parties conducting business with us. The perceived decrease in value of employee equity incentive awards may reduce their effectiveness in encouraging performance and retention.

Anti‑takeover provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our Class A common stock.  These provisions may also prevent or delay attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management.  Our corporate governance documents include provisions:

·

establishing a classified board of directors with staggered three‑year terms so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;

·

providing that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause and only with a vote of the holders of at least 66‑2/3% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast for the election of directors;

·

limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting;

·

requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

·

authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our Class A common stock; and

·

limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders holding shares representing more than 15% of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock from engaging in certain business combinations with us.  Any provision of our restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our Class A common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our Class A common stock.

The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti‑takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock.  They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your Class A common stock in an acquisition.

40


 

Table of Contents

Our restated certificate provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders. Our restated certificate of incorporation further provides that the federal district courts of the United States of the America are the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. These choice of forum provisions could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or stockholder of our company to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or as to which the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees.  Alternatively, if a court were to find this choice of forum provision contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our restated certificate of incorporation further provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act (the “Federal Forum Clause”). We are subject to a shareholder derivative action filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery in which t he plaintiff seeks a declaratory judgment challenging the validity of the Federal Forum Clause.  On December 19, 2018, the Court entered summary judgment in favor of the plaintiff.   We currently intend to appeal the Court’s ruling at the appropriate time. We are unable to provide any assurances as to the ultimate outcome of this lawsuit or that an adverse resolution of this lawsuit would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. In addition, as a result of this decision, holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock and Class C capital stock would, if applicable requirements are met, be permitted to file complaints asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act against us in either state or federal court. We may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies.  Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the scrutiny of securities analysts and investors.  These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our management team and could divert their attention away from the day‑to‑day management of our business, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations.  Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time‑consuming or costly, and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company.  Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.  In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal

41


 

Table of Contents

control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required.  As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results.  Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire even more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

We are currently evaluating our internal controls, identifying and remediating any deficiencies in those internal controls and documenting the results of our evaluation, testing and remediation.  We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion.  During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we are unable to remediate before the end of the same fiscal year in which the material weakness is identified, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective.  If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to attest to management’s report on the effectiveness of our internal controls, which will be required after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming.  These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies.  This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.  We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue‑generating activities to compliance activities.  If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

As a result of being a public company and these new rules and regulations, it is more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and in the future we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage.  These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, subject to specified conditions.  For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted, and intend, to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.  We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, we have more than $700 million in market value of our stock held by non‑affiliates (and we have been a public company for at least 12 months and have filed one annual report on Form 10‑K) or we issue more than $1 billion of non‑convertible debt securities over a three‑year period.  These exemptions include reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and exemptions from the requirements to hold non‑binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute payments, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, and not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements.  We cannot predict whether investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions.  If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

42


 

Table of Contents

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.  This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.  We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Accordingly, we will incur additional costs in connection with complying with the accounting standards applicable to public companies at such time or times as they become applicable to us.

ITEM 1B.            UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

ITEM 2.               PROPERTIES.

Our principal executive office is located in New York, New York, where we lease approximately 68,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease that expires in October 2019.  Our customer service operations and certain back‑office functions are based in Austin, Texas, where we lease approximately 65,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in 2022, with an option to extend the term for one five‑year period.

Our current fulfillment centers occupy leased facilities in Richmond, California, Linden, New Jersey, and Arlington, Texas.  Our fulfillment center in Richmond, California occupies approximately 165,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in 2022; our fulfillment center in Linden, New Jersey occupies approximately 495,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in 2026 with an option to extend the term for two consecutive five‑year periods, and our fulfillment center in Arlington, Texas occupies approximately 104,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in 2024.  We believe that our current fulfillment center facilities are adequate to meet our immediate needs.

We also lease approximately 431,000 square feet of warehouse space in Fairfield, California pursuant to a lease expiring in 2028, with an option to extend the term for two consecutive five‑year periods. We do not intend to occupy this facility and, as a result, we are continuing to evaluate potential alternatives for the property.

For additional information on our lease obligations, see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K .

ITEM 3.               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

The Company is subject to a consolidated putative class action lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York alleging federal securities law violations in connection with the Company’s June 2017 initial public offering, or the IPO.  The amended complaint alleges that the Company and certain current and former officers and directors made material misstatements or omissions in the Company’s registration statement and prospectus that caused the stock price to drop.  Pursuant to a stipulated schedule entered by the parties, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint on May 21, 2018.  Plaintiffs filed a response on July 12, 2018 and defendants filed a reply on August 13, 2018. The motion to dismiss remains pending before the Court.  The Company is also subject to two putative class action lawsuits filed in New York Supreme Court alleging federal securities law violations in connection with the IPO, which are substantially similar to the above-referenced federal court action.  The parties have entered into stipulations staying the state court actions pending resolution of the motion to dismiss filed in the federal court action.  The Company is unable to provide any assurances as to the ultimate outcome of any of these lawsuits or that an adverse resolution of any of these lawsuits would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

The Company is subject to a shareholder derivative action filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery.  The plaintiff seeks a declaratory judgment challenging the validity of a provision of the Company’s restated certificate of incorporation that requires shareholders to bring claims under the Securities Act of 1933 solely in federal court.  On

43


 

Table of Contents

December 19, 2018, the Court entered summary judgment in favor of the plaintiff. The Company currently intends to appeal the Court’s ruling at the appropriate time.  The Company is unable to provide any assurances as to the ultimate outcome of this lawsuit or that an adverse resolution of this lawsuit would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

The Company is subject to a lawsuit filed in California Superior Court under the Private Attorneys General Act (“PAGA”) on behalf of certain non-exempt employees in the Company’s Richmond, California fulfillment center.  The complaint was filed on October 16, 2017, and alleges that the Company failed to pay wages and overtime, provide required meal and rest breaks, provide suitable resting facilities and provide accurate wage statements, to non-exempt employees in violation of California law.  The parties are presently engaged in discovery in the PAGA case and were discussing mediation when plaintiffs’ counsel filed a separate class action lawsuit, also in California Superior Court, alleging largely the same claims, but covering a longer period.  The Company has removed this subsequent case to federal court and believes that it is likely that the two cases will be consolidated. The Company is currently unable to provide any assurances as to the ultimate outcome of these lawsuits or that adverse resolution of these lawsuits would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

On July 20, 2018, one of the Company’s suppliers, West Liberty Foods, L.L.C., (i) made an arbitration demand against the Company with JAMS, and (ii) together with certain related entities, filed a lawsuit against the Company in Iowa state court.  The arbitration demand alleges breach of contract, fraud, and other common law claims in connection with, among other things, a dispute under the supply agreement between the parties related to the purchase of certain beef and poultry inventory of the supplier.  The lawsuit, which has been removed to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Iowa, alleges breach of oral contract and other common law claims in connection with a purported agreement between the Company and the supplier relating to the supplier’s acquisition of another company.  On December 28, 2018, the Court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the plaintiffs’ amended complaint. The parties are presently engaged in discovery in both the lawsuit and arbitration.  The Company is currently unable to provide any assurances as to the ultimate outcome of this matter or that an adverse resolution of this matter would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In addition, from time to time the Company may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of its business.  Although the results of such litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company currently believes that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.  Regardless of the outcome, any such litigation and claims can have an adverse impact on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

For additional information on our legal contingencies, see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K .

ITEM 4.               MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

44


 

Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5.              MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Certain Information Regarding the Trading of Our Common Stock

Our Class A common stock has been traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “APRN” since June 29, 2017. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our Class A common stock. Our Class B common stock is not listed or traded on any stock exchange.

Holders of Our Common Stock

As of January 31, 2019, there were approximately 34 holders of record of shares of our Class A common stock and approximately 90 holders of record of shares of our Class B common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings to finance the operation of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare and pay cash dividends, if any, will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a variety of factors, including applicable laws, our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, general business or financial market conditions, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our revolving credit facility contains covenants that could restrict our ability to pay cash dividends.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The information required by this item will be set forth in the definitive proxy statement we will file in connection with our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated by reference herein.

Performance Graph

This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act.

The graph set forth below compares cumulative total return on the Class A common stock with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500, the NYSE Composite Index, and the Russell 2000 Index resulting from an initial investment of $100 in each and, assuming the reinvestment of any dividends, based on closing prices. Measurement points are from our initial public offering to the last trading day of each quarter for the period from June 29, 2017 (the date our Class A common stock began trading on the NYSE) through December 31, 2018.

45


 

Table of Contents

PICTURE 1

Note: Stock price performance shown in the Stock Price Performance Graph for the Class A common stock is historical and not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Use of Proceeds from Public Offering of Common Stock

On June 28, 2017, the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-218425) for our initial public offering of our Class A common stock was declared effective by the SEC. Shares of our Class A common stock began trading on the NYSE on June 29, 2017.

The underwriters of our initial public offering were Goldman, Sachs & Co., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Canaccord Genuity Inc., Needham & Company, LLC, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Raymond James & Associates, Inc., and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. The offering commenced on June 28, 2017 and did not terminate until the sale of all of the shares offered.

We paid to the underwriters of our initial public offering an underwriting discount totaling approximately $16.5 million. In addition, we incurred expenses of approximately $5.5 million which, when added to the underwriting discount, amount to total expenses of approximately $22.0 million. Thus, the net offering proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses, were approximately $278.0 million. No offering expenses were paid directly or indirectly to any of our directors or officers (or their associates) or persons owning 10.0% or more of any class of our equity securities or to any other affiliates.

There has been no material change in the use of IPO proceeds from that described in the final prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) under the Securities Act on June 29, 2017.

46


 

Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

We did not purchase any of our registered equity securities during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 6.               SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA.

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data.  The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The following tables also show certain unaudited operational and non-GAAP financial measures as well as a reconciliation between certain GAAP and non-GAAP measures.  Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.  You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

 

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

2014

 

 

(In thousands, except share and per-share numbers)

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Net revenue

 

$

667,600

 

$

881,191

 

$

795,416

 

$

340,803

 

$

77,806

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

 

 

433,496

 

 

627,964

 

 

532,682

 

 

263,271

 

 

72,223

Marketing

 

 

117,455

 

 

154,529

 

 

144,141

 

 

51,362

 

 

13,960

Product, technology, general, and administrative

 

 

194,340

 

 

247,907

 

 

165,179

 

 

70,151

 

 

21,811

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

34,517

 

 

26,838

 

 

8,217

 

 

2,917

 

 

611

Other operating expense

 

 

2,170

 

 

12,713

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total operating expenses

 

 

781,978

 

 

1,069,951

 

 

850,219

 

 

387,701

 

 

108,605

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(114,378)

 

 

(188,760)

 

 

(54,803)

 

 

(46,898)

 

 

(30,799)

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(7,683)

 

 

(6,384)

 

 

25

 

 

(6)

 

 

(4)

Other income (expense), net

 

 

 —

 

 

(14,984)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(122,061)

 

 

(210,128)

 

 

(54,778)

 

 

(46,904)

 

 

(30,803)

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

 

 

(88)

 

 

(15)

 

 

(108)

 

 

(61)

 

 

 —

Net income (loss)

 

$

(122,149)

 

$

(210,143)

 

$

(54,886)

 

$

(46,965)

 

$

(30,803)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to Class A common, Class B common, and Class C capital stockholders:

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.63)

 

$

(1.64)

 

$

(0.84)

 

$

(0.92)

 

$

(0.88)

Diluted

 

$

(0.63)

 

$

(1.64)

 

$

(0.84)

 

$

(0.92)

 

$

(0.88)

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to Class A common, Class B common, and Class C capital stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

192,678,914

 

 

128,057,330

 

 

65,425,609

 

 

51,137,406

 

 

34,841,852

Diluted

 

 

192,678,914

 

 

128,057,330

 

 

65,425,609

 

 

51,137,406

 

 

34,841,852

 

47


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

2014

 

 

(In thousands)

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

 

$

(61,371)

 

$

(137,939)

 

$

(43,621)

 

$

(42,876)

 

$

(26,523)

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

 

$

(76,900)

 

$

(152,442)

 

$

(23,545)

 

$

(26,396)

 

$

(16,859)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

(In thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

95,615

 

$

228,514

 

$

81,468

 

$

126,860

Working capital (2)

 

 

(21,152)

 

 

(36,474)

 

 

(58,108)

 

 

(27,581)

Total assets

 

 

354,899

 

 

517,709

 

 

273,407

 

 

164,973

Total liabilities

 

 

235,597

 

 

293,859

 

 

211,938

 

 

52,038

Long-term obligations (3)

 

 

83,783

 

 

125,315

 

 

45,434

 

 

468

Convertible preferred stock

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

194,869

 

 

194,869

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

119,302

 

 

223,850

 

 

(133,400)

 

 

(81,934)

 


(1) See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non‑GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable GAAP equivalent.

(2) We define working capital as current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less current liabilities.

(3) Long-term obligations includes outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and capital leases.

48


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.              MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The following discussion contains forward‑looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs.  Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward‑looking statements.  Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, particularly in the section titled “Risk Factors.”  In this discussion, we use financial measures that are considered non‑GAAP financial measures under Securities and Exchange Commission rules.  These rules require supplemental explanation and reconciliation, which is included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Investors should not consider non‑GAAP financial measures in isolation from or in substitution for, financial information presented in compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  In the below discussion, we use the term basis points to refer to units of one‑hundredth of one percent.

Overview

Blue Apron creates incredible experiences. Founded in 2012, we are building a consumer lifestyle brand that symbolizes the emotional human connections that are formed through the cooking experiences we create.

Our core product is the meal experience we help our customers create.  These experiences extend from discovering new recipes, ingredients, and cooking techniques to preparing meals with families and loved ones to sharing photos and stories of culinary triumphs. Central to these experiences are the original recipes we design and send along with fresh, seasonal ingredients directly to our customers.  We do this by employing technology and expertise across many disciplines – demand planning, recipe creation, recipe merchandising, and marketing – to drive our end-to-end value chain. We offer our customers two flexible plans—our 2‑Serving Plan and our Family Plan. We also sell wine, which can be paired with our meals, through Blue Apron Wine, our direct‑to‑consumer wine delivery service. Through Blue Apron Market, our e‑commerce marketplace, we sell a curated selection of cooking tools, utensils, and pantry items, which are tested and recommended by our culinary team .

On July 5, 2017, we completed our initial public offering (the “IPO”), in which we issued and sold 30,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock at a public offering price of $10.00 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $300.0 million. We received approximately $278.0 million in net proceeds after deducting $16.5 million of underwriting discounts and commissions and approximately $5.5 million in offering costs. Upon the closing of the IPO, all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock at the applicable conversion rates then in effect. Subsequent to the closing of the IPO, there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Upon the closing of the IPO, all of our outstanding convertible notes automatically converted into 7,023,201 shares of Class B common stock at the applicable conversion rate then in effect. Subsequent to the closing of the IPO, there were no convertible notes outstanding.

Key Financial and Operating Metrics

We use the following key financial and operating metrics to evaluate our business and operations, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, project our future performance, and make strategic decisions.  You should read the key financial and operating metrics in conjunction with the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

49


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2018

 

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

(In thousands)

Net revenue

 

 

$

667,600

 

$

881,191

 

$

795,416

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

$

(61,371)

 

$

(137,939)

 

$

(43,621)

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

 

 

$

(76,900)

 

$

(152,442)

 

$

(23,545)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

March 31,

    

June 30,

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Orders (in thousands)

 

3,474

 

 

3,122

 

 

2,647

 

 

2,418

Customers (in thousands)

 

786

 

 

717

 

 

646

 

 

557

Average Order Value

$

56.58

 

$

57.34

 

$

56.79

 

$

58.12

Orders per Customer

 

4.4

 

 

4.4

 

 

4.1

 

 

4.3

Average Revenue per Customer

$

250

 

$

250

 

$

233

 

$

252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Orders (in thousands)

 

4,273

 

 

4,033

 

 

3,605

 

 

3,196

Customers (in thousands)

 

1,036

 

 

943

 

 

856

 

 

746

Average Order Value

$

57.23

 

$

58.81

 

$

58.16

 

$

57.99

Orders per Customer

 

4.1

 

 

4.3

 

 

4.2

 

 

4.3

Average Revenue per Customer

$

236

 

$

251

 

$

245

 

$

248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Orders (in thousands)

 

2,903

 

 

3,399

 

 

3,597

 

 

3,674

Customers (in thousands)

 

649

 

 

766

 

 

907

 

 

879

Average Order Value

$

59.28

 

$

59.40

 

$

57.12

 

$

58.78

Orders per Customer

 

4.5

 

 

4.4

 

 

4.0

 

 

4.2

Average Revenue per Customer

$

265

 

$

264

 

$

227

 

$

246

Orders

We define Orders as the number of paid orders by our Customers across our meal, wine and market products sold on our e‑commerce platforms in any reporting period, inclusive of orders that may have eventually been refunded or credited to customers.  Orders, together with Average Order Value, is an indicator of the net revenue we expect to recognize in a given period.  We view Orders delivered as a key indicator of our scale and financial performance.  Orders has limitations as a financial and operating metric as it does not reflect the product mix chosen by our customers or the purchasing behavior of our customers.  Because of these and other limitations, we consider, and you should consider, Orders in conjunction with our other metrics, including net revenue, net income (loss), adjusted EBITDA, Average Order Value and Orders per Customer.

Customers

We determine our number of Customers by counting the total number of individual customers who have paid for at least one Order from Blue Apron across our meal, wine or market products sold on our e‑commerce platforms in a given reporting period.  For example, the number of Customers in the quarter ended December 31, 2018 was determined based on the total number of individual customers who paid for at least one Order across our meal, wine or market products in the quarter ended December 31, 2018.  We view the number of Customers as a key indicator of our scale and financial performance.  Customers has limitations as a financial and operating metric as it does not reflect the product mix chosen by our customers, Order frequency, or the purchasing behavior of our customers.  Because of these and other limitations, we consider, and you should consider, Customers in conjunction with our other metrics, including net revenue, net income (loss), adjusted EBITDA, Orders per Customer and Average Revenue per Customer.

50


 

Table of Contents

Average Order Value

We define Average Order Value as our net revenue from our meal, wine and market products sold on our e‑commerce platforms in a given reporting period divided by the number of Orders in that period.  We view Average Order Value as a key indicator of the mix of our product offerings chosen by our customers, the mix of promotional discounts, and the purchasing behavior of our customers.

Orders per Customer

We define Orders per Customer as the number of Orders in a given reporting period divided by the number of Customers in that period.  We view Orders per Customer as a key indicator of our customers’ purchasing patterns, including their repeat purchase behavior.

Average Revenue per Customer

We define Average Revenue per Customer as our net revenue from our meal, wine and market products sold on our e‑commerce platforms in a given reporting period divided by the number of Customers in that period.  We view Average Revenue per Customer as a key indicator of our customers’ purchasing patterns, including their repeat purchase behavior.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a non‑GAAP financial measure defined by us as net income (loss) before interest income (expense), net, other operating expense, other income (expense), net, benefit (provision) for income taxes, depreciation, amortization and share‑based compensation expense.  We have presented adjusted EBITDA in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital.  In particular, we believe that the exclusion of certain items in calculating adjusted EBITDA can produce a useful measure for period‑to‑period comparisons of our business.  Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information in understanding and evaluating our operating results.  Please see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion of the use of non‑GAAP financial measures and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our performance and future success depends on a number of factors that present significant opportunities but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and under “Risk Factors.”

Marketing Efficiency and Customer Lifecycle Management

Our performance and future success will depend in part on our ability to cost‑effectively launch marketing campaigns that attract, retain, and engage customers, and successfully promote awareness of our brand.  We use various offline paid advertising channels (such as television, direct mail, radio, and podcasts), online paid advertising channels (such as digital and social media and email) and strategic brand partnerships.  We typically complement our paid advertising channels by offering promotional discounts to new customers for use on their first Order, a practice we began emphasizing in 2016.  We also attract new customers by word of mouth, including through our customer referral program, through which certain existing customers may invite others to receive a complimentary meal delivery.  We intend to continue investing in marketing and offering promotional discounts to drive customer acquisition with a deliberate focus on the marketing channels we believe to be the most efficient and customer segments that demonstrate stronger affinity and retention. By prioritizing customer segments that demonstrate stronger affinity and retention, we believe we will strengthen our customer base and improve our ability to achieve profitable revenue.  We also intend to continue using marketing to drive customer retention, customer engagement and brand awareness.

51


 

Table of Contents

In addition to marketing, we continue to invest in our products, brand and overall customer experience, each of which further drives customer acquisition, customer retention and customer engagement and encourages repeat purchases.  We also engage with our customers through social media, our website, blog, in‑box content and mobile application, including through how‑to videos and visual imagery, to deepen our customers’ connection with our brand. Our flexible platform allows customers to interact with us by either actively managing or passively receiving orders, and we believe this flexibility drives higher customer engagement, loyalty and retention over the long term.  Our ability to efficiently acquire new customers, retain existing customers and drive customer engagement through marketing investment and other business initiatives significantly impacts our revenue and results of operations.

Product Offerings

Our ability to enhance our existing products and introduce new products impacts our revenue and results of operations.  We make ongoing changes to our products intended to enhance the customer experience.  To accommodate various customer lifestyles, we offer both a 2‑Serving Plan and a Family Plan for our meals, each with flexibility in recipe selection.  In 2018, we launched products for additional distribution channels as we recognize that many customers seek to engage with the Blue Apron brand beyond our direct-to-consumer platform. These offerings include meal solutions that can be conveniently accessed in a retail environment or through on-demand delivery. We are also focused on brand extensions that are complementary to our meal experience, such as Blue Apron Wine and Blue Apron Market.  We believe that by introducing new products and new distribution channels and by increasing the choices available, we will better attract and retain customers.  Our customers’ choices from among our product offerings will impact our revenue and results of operations, and as we introduce additional products and additional distribution channels and increase flexibility in our existing products, our customers’ behavior and engagement with us may change.

Operational Execution

Our ability to effectively coordinate supply and demand and execute across our end‑to‑end value chain impacts our customer experience and our operating results.  We begin by working with our suppliers, often months in advance of creating our menus.  We then continue to forecast demand as well as monitor and evaluate our expected supply of ingredients, retaining flexibility to finalize recipes in the weeks leading up to fulfillment.  We operate three technology‑enabled, refrigerated fulfillment centers that collectively employ approximately 1,684 employees as of January 31, 2019.  Each fulfillment center includes an operation that portions ingredients into exact quantities for each week’s recipes using a combination of automated methods, manual labor, and warehousing, packaging and shipping operations.  We utilize a company‑managed, third party delivery network that optimizes outbound logistics, including packing materials and the choice of carrier, on a zip code by zip code basis to ensure cost‑effective, timely and safe delivery of our orders.

Capital Investment to Support our Strategic Initiatives

Our strategic investments in our fulfillment center operations will continue to significantly impact our ability to successfully execute on our strategy, introduce new products, increase variety to customers, and create efficiencies in our cost structure.  We made significant investments to scale our operations and support the expansion of our business, including the build-out of our fulfillment center in Linden, New Jersey which we completed in 2017, which have contributed to meaningful efficiencies in our fulfillment operations.  In the future, we plan to further invest in capital expenditures primarily related to automation equipment in our fulfillment centers in order to further optimize and drive efficiency in our operations.

Seasonality

We experience seasonality in our business that impacts the level at which customers engage with our products and brand and our quarterly results of operations.  We anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement.  Conversely, during the summer months and the end of year holidays, when people are vacationing more often or have less predictable weekly routines, we generally anticipate lower customer engagement.  Our marketing strategies, which are informed by these seasonal trends, will also impact our quarterly results of operations.

52


 

Table of Contents

Components of Our Results of Operations

Net Revenue

We generate net revenue primarily from the sale of meals to customers through our 2‑Serving and Family Plans.  We also generate net revenue through sales of Blue Apron Wine, which we began offering in September 2015, and through sales on Blue Apron Market, which we launched in November 2014. For each of the years ending December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we derived substantially all of our net revenue from sales of our meals through our direct-to-consumer platform.  We deduct promotional discounts and customer credits and refunds expected to be issued to determine net revenue.  Customers who receive a damaged meal or wine order or are dissatisfied with a meal or wine order and contact us within seven days of receipt of the order may receive a full or partial refund, full or partial credit against future purchase, or replacement, at our sole discretion.  Credits only remain available for customers who maintain a valid account with us.  Customers who return an unused, undamaged Blue Apron Market product within 30 days of receipt receive a full refund.

Our business is seasonal in nature and, as a result, our revenue and expenses and associated revenue trends fluctuate from quarter to quarter.  For example, we anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement.  Conversely, during the summer months and the end of year holidays, when people are vacationing more often or have less predictable weekly routines, we generally anticipate lower customer engagement. In addition, our net revenue is impacted by our marketing strategies, including the timing and amount of paid advertising and promotional activity. For example, our planned deliberate reduction in marketing expenses to focus on the marketing channels we believe to be the most efficient and target potential customers that we believe will exhibit higher affinity and retention is expected to negatively impact our net revenue in 2019. We also anticipate that our net revenue will be impacted by the timing and success of our ongoing product and channel expansion.

Credit card charges are recorded in deferred revenue until the criteria for revenue recognition have been met.  Because we generally charge credit cards in advance of shipment and, historically, customers have most frequently requested delivery of their meals earlier in the week, our deferred revenue balance at the end of a financial reporting period may fluctuate significantly based on the day of the week on which that period ends.  Consequently, large changes in deferred revenue at any particular time are not meaningful indicators of our financial results or future revenue trends.

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, consists of product and fulfillment costs.  Product costs include the cost of food, packaging for food that is portioned prior to delivery to customers, labor and related personnel costs incurred to portion food for our meals, inbound shipping costs, and cost of products sold through Blue Apron Wine and Blue Apron Market.  Fulfillment costs consist of costs incurred in the shipping and handling of inventory including the shipping costs to our customers, labor and related personnel costs related to receiving, inspecting, warehousing, picking inventory, and preparing customer orders for shipment, and the cost of packaging materials and shipping supplies. Over time, we expect such expenses to decrease as a percentage of net revenue as we continue to focus on operational improvements and optimizing our fulfillment center operations.

Marketing

Our marketing expenses consist primarily of costs incurred to acquire new customers, retain existing customers and build our brand awareness through various offline and online paid advertising channels, including television, digital and social media, direct mail, radio and podcasts, email, brand activations, and strategic brand partnerships.

53


 

Also included in marketing expenses are the costs of orders through our customer referral program, in which certain existing customers may invite others to receive a complimentary meal delivery, as well as costs paid to third parties to market our products.  The cost of the customer referral program is based on our costs incurred for fulfilling a complimentary meal delivery, including product and fulfillment costs.  We expect marketing expenses to decrease, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net revenue in 2019 compared to 2018, as we transition to our more deliberate customer acquisition strategy focused on the marketing channels we believe to be the most efficient. We anticipate that our marketing strategies, which may be informed by our strategic priorities, the seasonal trends in our business, the competitive landscape of our market, and the timing and success of our ongoing product and distribution channel expansions, will fluctuate from quarter‑to‑quarter and have a significant impact on our quarterly results of operations.

Product, Technology, General and Administrative

Product, technology, general and administrative expenses consist of costs related to the development of our products and technology, general and administrative expenses, and overhead expenses, which include: payroll and related expenses for employees involved in the application, production, and maintenance of our platform and other technology infrastructure costs; payroll and related expenses for employees performing corporate and other managerial functions; facilities costs such as occupancy and rent costs for our corporate offices and fulfillment centers; and payment processing fees, professional fees, and other general corporate and administrative costs. We expect these expenses to decrease in absolute dollars in 2019 compared to 2018, as we realize the savings from the workforce reduction implemented in November 2018 and continue to focus on expense management.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization consists of depreciation expense for our property and equipment and amortization expense for capitalized software development costs.

Other Operating Expense

Other operating expense consists primarily of restructuring costs relating to the workforce reductions in November 2018 and October 2017 and impairment losses in 2017 relating to long-lived assets in our fulfillment centers.

Interest Income (Expense), Net

Interest income and expense consists primarily of interest expense associated with our revolving credit facility, capital lease financings, and build-to-suit lease financings offset by interest income on cash and cash equivalents balances.

Other Income (and Expense)

Other income and expense consists of the mark-to-market loss on the debt derivative related to our convertible notes, as well as the loss upon the automatic conversion and settlement of the convertible notes in July 2017.

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Acts (the “U.S. Tax Act”) was enacted into law. The U.S. Tax Act contains several key provisions including the reduction of the corporate income tax rate to 21% as well as a variety of other changes including the limitation of the tax deductibility of interest expense, acceleration of expensing of certain business assets, and reductions in the amount of executive pay that could qualify as a tax deduction. We reasonably estimated the effects of the U.S. Tax Act and recorded provisional amounts in our financial statements as of December 31, 2017. In 2018, we completed our determination of the accounting implications of the U.S. Tax Act and recorded no adjustments to the provisional amounts.

Our benefit (provision) for income taxes and our effective tax rates are affected by permanent differences between GAAP and statutory tax laws, certain one‑time items, and the impact of valuation allowances.  For each of the

54


 

years ending December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, our benefit (provision) for income taxes was $(0.1) million, $(0.0) million, and $(0.1) million, respectively, resulting in an effective tax rate of (0.07)%, (0.01)% and (0.20)%, respectively.  We continue to maintain a valuation allowance for federal and certain state tax jurisdictions.  Our tax provision results from state taxes in certain jurisdictions in which we do not have net operating losses.

As of December 31, 2018, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $319.0 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of $143.7 million.  The federal net operating loss carryforwards generated through the year ended December 31, 2017 may be subject to limitations under applicable tax laws and will expire at various dates beginning in 2033, if not utilized. The use of the federal net operating loss carryforward generated during the year ended December 31, 2018 is limited to 80% of our taxable income in any future taxable year, although such losses may be carried forward indefinitely.  The state net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to limitations under applicable tax laws and will expire at various dates beginning in 2033, if not utilized.

Results of Operations

The following sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

(In thousands)

Net revenue

 

$

667,600

 

$

881,191

 

$

795,416

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

 

 

433,496

 

 

627,964

 

 

532,682

Marketing

 

 

117,455

 

 

154,529

 

 

144,141

Product, technology, general, and administrative

 

 

194,340

 

 

247,907

 

 

165,179

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

34,517

 

 

26,838

 

 

8,217

Other operating expense

 

 

2,170

 

 

12,713

 

 

 —

Total operating expenses

 

 

781,978

 

 

1,069,951

 

 

850,219

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(114,378)

 

 

(188,760)

 

 

(54,803)

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(7,683)

 

 

(6,384)

 

 

25

Other income (expense), net

 

 

 —

 

 

(14,984)

 

 

 —

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(122,061)

 

 

(210,128)

 

 

(54,778)

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

 

 

(88)

 

 

(15)

 

 

(108)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(122,149)

 

$

(210,143)

 

$

(54,886)

55


 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenue for each of the periods indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

 

 

(as a percentage of net revenue)

Net revenue

 

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

 

64.9

%  

71.3

%  

67.0

%  

Marketing

 

17.6

%  

17.5

%  

18.1

%  

Product, technology, general, and administrative

 

29.1

%  

28.1

%  

20.8

%  

Depreciation and amortization

 

5.2

%  

3.0

%  

1.0

%  

Other operating expense

 

0.3

%  

1.4

%  

 —

%  

Total operating expenses

 

117.1

%  

121.4

%  

106.9

%  

Income (loss) from operations

 

(17.1)

%  

(21.4)

%  

(6.9)

%  

Interest income (expense), net

 

(1.2)

%  

(0.7)

%  

0.0

%  

Other income (expense), net

 

 —

%  

(1.7)

%  

 —

%  

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

(18.3)

%  

(23.8)

%  

(6.9)

%  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

 

(0.0)

%  

(0.0)

%  

(0.0)

%  

Net income (loss)

 

(18.3)

%  

(23.8)

%  

(6.9)

%  

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017

Net Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

% Change

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

667,600

 

$

881,191

 

(24)

%

Net revenue decreased by $213.6 million, or 24%, to $667.6 million for 2018 from $881.2 million for 2017. The decrease in net revenue was primarily due to a decrease in Customers during the year ended December 31, 2018 as we remained deliberate in our marketing investments while we implement our multi-product, multi-channel strategy. Net revenue was also impacted, in part, by our decision in the second half of 2017 to deliberately prioritize operational stability and effectiveness.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding Depreciation and Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

% Change

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

 

$

433,496

 

$

627,964

 

(31)

%

% of net revenue

 

 

64.9

%  

 

71.3

%  

 

 

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased by $194.5 million, or 31%, to $433.5 million for 2018 from $628.0 million for 2017.  This decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in Orders and improvements in operational efficiencies.  As a percentage of net revenue, cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation

56


 

and amortization, decreased to 64.9% for 2018 from 71.3% in 2017.  The decrease in cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to:

·

a decrease of 360 basis points in food and product packaging costs driven by enhanced planning and procurement strategies as well as improved pricing with suppliers;

·

a decrease of 200 basis points in labor largely due to process improvements in our fulfillment center operations; and

·

a decrease of 80 basis points in shipping and fulfillment packaging costs largely due to process improvements in our fulfillment center operations, including enhancements in fulfillment packaging and expense management.

Marketing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

% Change

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Marketing

 

$

117,455

 

$

154,529

 

(24)

%

% of net revenue

 

 

17.6

%  

 

17.5

%  

 

 

Marketing expenses decreased by $37.1 million, or 24%, to $117.5 million for 2018 from $154.5 million for 2017.  The decrease was primarily driven by decreased investment in various offline paid advertising channels and our customer referral program, partially offset by an increase in online paid advertising channels.  As a percentage of net revenue, marketing expenses increased to 17.6% for 2018 from 17.5% for 2017. This slight increase as a percentage of net revenue included an increase of 50 basis points in online paid advertising channels as we focused on our most efficient channels, partially offset by a decrease of 30 basis points in our offline paid advertising channels and a decrease of 10 basis points in our customer referral program primarily driven by a decrease in the mix of customer referral orders versus total Orders.

Product, Technology, General and Administrative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

% Change

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Product, technology, general and administrative

 

$

194,340

 

$

247,907

 

(22)

%

% of net revenue

 

 

29.1

%  

 

28.1

%  

 

 

Product, technology, general and administrative expenses decreased by $53.6 million, or 22%, to $194.3 million for 2018 from $247.9 million for 2017.  This decrease was primarily due to increased focus on expense management, including:

·

a  decrease of $23.0 million in facilities costs for our corporate offices and fulfillment centers, including occupancy and rent;

·

a decrease of $20.6 million in personnel costs primarily driven by lower headcount in corporate and other managerial positions as a result of the company-wide realignment in October 2017; and

·

a  decrease of $9.7 million in corporate overhead and administrative costs, which includes a decrease of $4.4 million in payment processing fees driven by lower net revenue.

As a percentage of net revenue, product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased to 29.1% for 2017 from 28.1% for 2017 primarily driven by investments to support our business and execute on key business initiatives, such as our ongoing product and distribution channel expansion.

57


 

In November 2018, we implemented a workforce reduction to support our strategic priorities, which resulted in a reduction of approximately 4% of our total workforce. As a result, we incurred approximately $1.6 million in employee-related expenses, primarily consisting of severance payments, substantially all of which will result in cash expenditures. We expect annual savings beginning in 2019 of approximately $16.0 million, including $15.0 million to product, technology, general and administrative expenses and $1.0 million to cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

% Change

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

34,517

 

$

26,838

 

29

%

% of net revenue

 

 

5.2

%  

 

3.0

%  

 

 

Depreciation and amortization increased by $7.7 million, or 29%, to $34.5 million for 2018 from $26.8 million for 2017.  This increase was primarily driven by investment in our property and equipment in our fulfillment centers to support key business initiatives, such as fulfillment center and other operational improvements and our ongoing product and distribution channel expansion.  As a percentage of net revenue, depreciation and amortization increased to 5.2% in 2018 from 3.0% in 2017.

Other Operating Expense

Other operating expense for 2018 and 2017 was $2.2 million and $12.7 million, respectively.  Other operating expense includes restructuring costs of $2.2 million and $3.1 million associated with the workforce reductions in November 2018 and October 2017 to support our strategic priorities. In addition, other operating expense in 2017 reflects $9.5 million of non-cash impairment charges on long-lived assets primarily related to the transition of all of our Jersey City, New Jersey fulfillment center operations to our fulfillment center in Linden as well as our decision to no longer pursue the planned build-out of the Fairfield, California facility.

Income (Loss) from Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

% Change

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

$

(114,378)

 

$

(188,760)

 

(39)

%

% of net revenue

 

 

(17.1)

%  

 

(21.4)

%  

 

 

Income (loss) from operations for 2018 and 2017 was $(114.4) million and $(188.8) million, respectively.  This change was due to a decrease in operating expenses of $288.0 million, partially offset by the decrease in net revenue of $213.6 million.  As a percentage of net revenue, income (loss) from operations was (17.1)% and (21.4)% for 2018 and 2017, respectively. This change as a percentage of net revenue was primarily driven by operational efficiencies and expense management.

Interest Income (Expense), Net

Interest income (expense), net for 2018 and 2017 was $(7.7) million and $(6.4) million, respectively. This increase in interest expense was primarily due to an increase of $3.1 million of interest associated with our build-to-suit lease financings and an increase of $1.8 million of interest incurred on outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility, partially offset by increased interest income on cash and cash equivalents of $1.5 million in 2018 and a decrease of $2.3 million of non-cash discount amortization related to our convertible notes in 2017.

58


 

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net for 2018 and 2017 was $0.0 million and $(15.0) million, respectively. Other income (expense), net for 2017 reflects a net non-cash loss related to the automatic conversion and settlement of the convertible notes upon the closing of the IPO on July 5, 2017.

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes recorded in 2018 and 2017 reflects state income taxes in certain jurisdictions in which net operating losses were not available to offset our tax obligations.

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

Net Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

% Change

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

881,191

 

$

795,416

 

11

%

Net revenue increased by $85.8 million, or 11%, to $881.2 million for 2017 from $795.4 million for 2016. The increase in net revenue was primarily due to an increase in Orders during the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase in Orders also reflects an increase in marketing expense in the first quarter of 2017 compared to the first quarter of 2016, partially offset by the planned reduction in our marketing investments during the second half of 2017 while we remained focused on operational improvements in our Linden fulfillment center. Substantially all of the growth in net revenue in 2017 was driven by new customers.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding Depreciation and Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

% Change

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

 

$

627,964

 

$

532,682

 

18

%

% of net revenue

 

 

71.3

%  

 

67.0

%  

  

 

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by $95.3 million, or 18%, to $628.0 million for 2017 from $532.7 million for 2016.  This increase was primarily driven by an increase in Orders.  As a percentage of net revenue, cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased to 71.3% for 2017 from 67.0% in 2016.  The increase in cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to:

·

an increase of 290 basis points in labor costs primarily driven by the launch of new infrastructure to support product expansion initiatives, including the transition to our Linden fulfillment center, and wage increases in our fulfillment centers;

·

an increase of 80 basis points in food and product packaging costs primarily due to the expansion of our product offerings and increased use of premium ingredients in our recipes to better connect recipe rotations with customer preferences, partially offset by the implementation of enhanced recipe planning tools; and

·

an increase of 60 basis points due to annual rate increases from shipping carriers and the expansion of our refrigerated shipping network, which enabled a reduction in fulfillment packaging.

59


 

Marketing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

% Change

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Marketing

 

$

154,529

 

$

144,141

 

 7

%

% of net revenue

 

 

17.5

%  

 

18.1

%  

  

 

Marketing expenses increased by $10.4 million, or 7%, to $154.5 million for 2017 from $144.1 million for 2016.  The increase was primarily driven by increased investment in various offline and online paid advertising channels to drive customer acquisition, as well as an increasing focus on customer engagement and brand awareness.  As a percentage of net revenue, marketing expenses decreased to 17.5% for 2017 from 18.1% for 2016.  This decrease as a percentage of net revenue included a decrease of 120 basis points in our customer referral program primarily driven by a decrease in the mix of customer referral orders versus total Orders, partially offset by an increase of 60 basis points for offline and online paid advertising channels. This also reflects an increase in marketing in the first quarter of 2017 compared to the first quarter of 2016, partially offset by the planned reduction in marketing in the second half of 2017 while we remained focused on operational improvements in our Linden fulfillment center.

Product, Technology, General and Administrative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

% Change

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Product, technology, general and administrative

 

$

247,907

 

$

165,179

 

50

%

% of net revenue

 

 

28.1

%  

 

20.8

%  

  

 

Product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased by $82.7 million, or 50%, to $247.9 million for 2017 from $165.2 million for 2016.  This increase was primarily due to increased investment to support business initiatives, including:

·

an increase of $48.8 million in personnel costs primarily driven by increased average headcount during 2017 in corporate and other managerial positions;

·

an increase of $21.2 million in facilities costs for our corporate offices and fulfillment centers, including occupancy and rent; and

·

an increase of $12.6 million in corporate overhead and administrative costs, which includes an increase of $1.5 million in payment processing fees driven by the increase in net revenue.

As a percentage of net revenue, product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased to 28.1% for 2017 from 20.8% for 2016 primarily due to increased investment to execute on key business initiatives, such as fulfillment center and other operational improvements and ongoing product expansion.

In October 2017, we implemented a company-wide realignment of personnel to support our strategic priorities. This realignment resulted in a reduction of approximately 6% of our total workforce across our corporate offices and fulfillment centers.  As a result of the workforce reduction, we expect annual savings beginning in 2018 of approximately $23.5 million, including $17.5 million to product, technology, general and administrative expenses and $6.0 million to cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization.

60


 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

% Change

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

26,838

 

$

8,217

 

227

%

% of net revenue

 

 

3.0

%  

 

1.0

%  

  

 

Depreciation and amortization increased by $18.6 million, or 227%, to $26.8 million for 2017 from $8.2 million for 2016.  This increase was primarily driven by continued investment in our property and equipment in our fulfillment centers.  As a percentage of net revenue, depreciation and amortization increased to 3.0% in 2017 from 1.0% in 2016.

Other Operating Expense

Other operating expense for 2017 and 2016 was $12.7 million and $0.0 million, respectively.  Other operating expense for 2017 reflects $9.5 million of non-cash impairment charges on long-lived assets primarily related to the transition of all of our Jersey City, New Jersey fulfillment center operations to our new fulfillment center in Linden as well as our decision to no longer pursue the planned build-out of the Fairfield, California facility. In addition, other operating expense includes employee-related charges of $3.1 million associated with the workforce reduction in October 2017 to support our strategic priorities.

Income (loss) from Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

% Change

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

$

(188,760)

 

$

(54,803)

 

244

%

% of net revenue

 

 

(21.4)

%  

 

(6.9)

%  

  

 

Income (loss) from operations for 2017 and 2016 was $(188.8) million and $(54.8) million, respectively.  This change was due to an increase in operating expenses of $219.7 million, partially offset by the increase in net revenue of $85.8 million.  As a percentage of net revenue, income (loss) from operations was (21.4)% and (6.9)% for 2017 and 2016, respectively. This change as a percentage of net revenue was primarily driven by an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue primarily due to increased investment to support key business initiatives and ongoing product expansion.

Interest Income (Expense), Net

Interest income (expense), net for 2017 and 2016 was $(6.4) million and $0.0 million, respectively.  This increase in interest expense was primarily due to $(3.6) million of interest incurred on outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility, $(2.3) million of non-cash discount amortization related to our convertible notes and $(1.7) million of interest associated with our build-to-suit lease financings, partially offset by interest income of $1.2 million on our cash and cash equivalents balance.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net for 2017 and 2016 was $(15.0) million and $0.0 million, respectively. Other income (expense), net for 2017 reflects a net non-cash loss related to the automatic conversion and settlement of the convertible notes upon the closing of the IPO on July 5, 2017.

61


 

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes recorded in 2017 and 2016 reflects state income taxes in certain jurisdictions in which net operating losses were not available to offset our tax obligations.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To provide additional information regarding our financial results, we monitor and have presented within this Annual Report on Form 10-K adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. This non-GAAP financial measure is not based on any standardized methodology prescribed by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and is not necessarily comparable to similarly-titled measures presented by other companies.

We define adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest income (expense), net, other operating expense, other income (expense), net, benefit (provision) for income taxes, depreciation and amortization and share-based compensation expense. We have presented adjusted EBITDA in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of certain items in calculating adjusted EBITDA can produce a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business.

We use adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our operating performance and trends and make planning decisions. We believe adjusted EBITDA helps identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the expenses that we exclude. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results, enhancing the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects, and allowing for greater transparency with respect to key financial metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making.

Our adjusted EBITDA is not prepared in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of adjusted EBITDA rather than net income (loss), which is the most directly comparable GAAP equivalent. Some of these limitations are:

·

adjusted EBITDA excludes share-based compensation expense, as share-based compensation expense has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy; 

·

adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization expense and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future; 

·

adjusted EBITDA excludes other operating expense, as other operating expense represents impairment losses and restructuring costs;

·

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest, which reduces cash available to us; 

·

adjusted EBITDA excludes other expense, as other expense represents a one-time loss on the extinguishment of convertible notes;

·

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments that reduce cash available to us; and 

·

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

62


 

Because of these limitations, we consider, and you should consider, adjusted EBITDA together with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods presented:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

 

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

2014

 

 

(In thousands)

Reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Net income (loss)

 

$

(122,149)

 

$

(210,143)

 

$

(54,886)

 

$

(46,965)

 

$

(30,803)

Share-based compensation

 

 

16,320

 

 

11,270

 

 

2,965

 

 

1,105

 

 

3,665

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

34,517

 

 

26,838

 

 

8,217

 

 

2,917

 

 

611

Other operating expense

 

 

2,170

 

 

12,713

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 4

Interest (income) expense, net

 

 

7,683

 

 

6,384

 

 

(25)

 

 

 6

 

 

 —

Other (income) expense, net

 

 

 —

 

 

14,984

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

88

 

 

15

 

 

108

 

 

61

 

 

 —

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(61,371)

 

$

(137,939)

 

$

(43,621)

 

$

(42,876)

 

$

(26,523)

Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Financial and Operations Data

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data and other financial and operating data for each of the eight quarters beginning with the three months ended March 31, 2017, as well as, where applicable, the percentage of net revenue for each line item shown. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the opinion of our management, reflects all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of our consolidated results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

63


 

These quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations to be expected for any future period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

  

March 31, 

  

June 30, 

  

September 30, 

  

December 31, 

  

March 31, 

  

June 30, 

  

September 30, 

  

December 31, 

  

 

    

2018

    

2018

    

2018

    

2018

    

2017

    

2017

    

2017

    

2017

    

 

 

(In thousands)

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

196,690

 

$

179,556

 

$

150,621

 

$

140,733

 

$

244,843

 

$

238,057

 

$

210,638

 

$

187,653

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

 

 

129,332

 

 

116,156

 

 

102,406

 

 

85,602

 

 

168,531

 

 

163,520

 

 

164,444

 

 

131,469

 

Marketing

 

 

39,329

 

 

34,581

 

 

23,251

 

 

20,294

 

 

60,605

 

 

34,519

 

 

34,244

 

 

25,161

 

Product, technology, general and administrative

 

 

49,488

 

 

51,100

 

 

48,345

 

 

45,407

 

 

63,210

 

 

65,673

 

 

65,744

 

 

53,280

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

8,404

 

 

8,685

 

 

8,599

 

 

8,829

 

 

4,180

 

 

5,383

 

 

8,774

 

 

8,501

 

Other operating expense

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,170

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,934

 

 

6,779

 

Total operating expenses:

 

 

226,553

 

 

210,522

 

 

182,601

 

 

162,302

 

 

296,526

 

 

269,095

 

 

279,140

 

 

225,190

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(29,863)

 

 

(30,966)

 

 

(31,980)

 

 

(21,569)

 

 

(51,683)

 

 

(31,038)

 

 

(68,502)

 

 

(37,537)

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(1,777)

 

 

(1,848)

 

 

(1,943)

 

 

(2,115)

 

 

(470)

 

 

(3,052)

 

 

(1,281)

 

 

(1,581)

 

Other income (expense), net

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,567

 

 

(17,551)

 

 

 —

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(31,640)

 

 

(32,814)

 

 

(33,923)

 

 

(23,684)

 

 

(52,153)

 

 

(31,523)

 

 

(87,334)

 

 

(39,118)

 

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

 

 

(25)

 

 

(22)

 

 

(19)

 

 

(22)

 

 

(41)

 

 

(105)

 

 

133

 

 

(2)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(31,665)

 

$

(32,836)

 

$

(33,942)

 

$

(23,706)

 

$

(52,194)

 

$

(31,628)

 

$

(87,201)

 

$

(39,120)

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to Class A, Class B, and Class C common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.17)

 

$

(0.17)

 

$

(0.18)

 

$

(0.12)

 

$

(0.78)

 

$

(0.47)

 

$

(0.47)

 

$

(0.20)

 

Diluted

 

$

(0.17)

 

$

(0.17)

 

$

(0.18)

 

$

(0.12)

 

$

(0.78)

 

$

(0.47)

 

$

(0.47)

 

$

(0.20)

 

 

 

  (As a percentage of net revenue)

Net revenue

 

 

100.0

%   

 

100.0

%   

 

100.0

%   

 

100.0

%   

 

100.0

%   

 

100.0

%   

 

100.0

%   

 

100.0

%   

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

 

 

65.8

%   

 

64.7

%   

 

68.0

%   

 

60.8

%   

 

68.8

%   

 

68.7

%   

 

78.1

%   

 

70.1

%   

Marketing

 

 

20.0

%   

 

19.3

%   

 

15.4

%   

 

14.4

%   

 

24.8

%   

 

14.5

%   

 

16.3

%   

 

13.4

%   

Product, technology, general and administrative

 

 

25.2

%   

 

28.5

%   

 

32.1

%   

 

32.3

%   

 

25.8

%   

 

27.6

%   

 

31.2

%   

 

28.4

%   

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

4.3

%   

 

4.8

%   

 

5.7

%   

 

6.3

%   

 

1.7

%   

 

2.3

%   

 

4.2

%   

 

4.5

%   

Other operating expense

 

 

 —

%   

 

 —

%   

 

 —

%   

 

1.5

%   

 

 —

%   

 

 —

%   

 

2.8

%   

 

3.6

%   

Total operating expenses:

 

 

115.2

%   

 

117.2

%   

 

121.2

%   

 

115.3

%   

 

121.1

%   

 

113.0

%   

 

132.5

%   

 

120.0

%   

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(15.2)

%   

 

(17.2)

%   

 

(21.2)

%   

 

(15.3)

%   

 

(21.1)

%   

 

(13.0)

%   

 

(32.5)

%   

 

(20.0)

%   

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

 

 

(0.9)

%   

 

(1.0)

%   

 

(1.3)

%   

 

(1.5)

%   

 

(0.2)

%   

 

(1.3)

%   

 

(0.6)

%   

 

(0.8)

%   

Other income (expense), net

 

 

 —

%   

 

 —

%   

 

 —

%   

 

 —

%   

 

 —

%   

 

1.1

%   

 

(8.3)

%   

 

 —

%   

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(16.1)

%   

 

(18.3)

%   

 

(22.5)

%   

 

(16.8)

%   

 

(21.3)

%   

 

(13.2)

%   

 

(41.5)

%   

 

(20.8)

%   

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

 

 

(0.0)

%   

 

(0.0)

%   

 

(0.0)

%   

 

(0.0)

%   

 

(0.0)

%   

 

(0.0)

%   

 

0.1

%   

 

(0.0)

%   

Net income (loss)

 

 

(16.1)

%   

 

(18.3)

%   

 

(22.5)

%   

 

(16.8)

%   

 

(21.3)

%   

 

(13.3)

%   

 

(41.4)

%   

 

(20.8)

%   

Other Financial and Operations Data:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Orders (in thousands)

 

 

3,474

 

 

3,122

 

 

2,647

 

 

2,418

 

 

4,273

 

 

4,033

 

 

3,605

 

 

3,196

 

Customers (in thousands)

 

 

786

 

 

717

 

 

646

 

 

557

 

 

1,036

 

 

943

 

 

856

 

 

746

 

Average Order Value

 

$

56.58

 

$

57.34

 

$

56.79

 

$

58.12

 

$

57.23

 

$

58.81

 

$

58.16

 

$

57.99

 

Orders per Customer

 

 

4.4

 

 

4.4

 

 

4.1

 

 

4.3

 

 

4.1

 

 

4.3

 

 

4.2

 

 

4.3

 

Average Revenue per Customer

 

$

250

 

$

250

 

$

233

 

$

252

 

$

236

 

$

251

 

$

245

 

$

248

 

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands) (1)

 

$

(17,244)

 

$

(17,510)

 

$

(18,812)

 

$

(7,805)

 

$

(46,265)

 

$

(23,901)

 

$

(48,034)

 

$

(19,739)

 


(1)

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as net income (loss) before interest income (expense), net, other operating expense, other income (expense), net, benefit (provision) for income taxes, depreciation and amortization and share-based compensation expense. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non‑GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion of the use of non-GAAP financial measures. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

64


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

  

March 31, 

  

June 30, 

  

September 30, 

  

December 31, 

  

March 31, 

  

June 30, 

  

September 30, 

  

December 31, 

  

 

    

2018

    

2018

    

2018

    

2018

    

2017

    

2017

    

2017

    

2017

    

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(31,665)

 

$

(32,836)

 

$

(33,942)

 

$

(23,706)

 

$

(52,194)

 

$

(31,628)

 

$

(87,201)

 

$

(39,120)

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

4,215

 

 

4,771

 

 

4,569

 

 

2,765

 

 

1,238

 

 

1,754

 

 

5,760

 

 

2,518

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

8,404

 

 

8,685

 

 

8,599

 

 

8,829

 

 

4,180

 

 

5,383

 

 

8,774

 

 

8,501

 

Other operating expense

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,170

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,934

 

 

6,779

 

Interest (income) expense, net

 

 

1,777

 

 

1,848

 

 

1,943

 

 

2,115

 

 

470

 

 

3,052

 

 

1,281

 

 

1,581

 

Other (income) expense, net

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,567)

 

 

17,551

 

 

 —

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

25

 

 

22

 

 

19

 

 

22

 

 

41

 

 

105

 

 

(133)

 

 

 2

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(17,244)

 

$

(17,510)

 

$

(18,812)

 

$

(7,805)

 

$

(46,265)

 

$

(23,901)

 

$

(48,034)

 

$

(19,739)

 

Our business is seasonal in nature and, as a result, our revenue and expenses and associated revenue trends fluctuate from quarter to quarter. For example, we anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement and marketing investment. Conversely, during the summer months and the end of year holidays, when people are vacationing more often or have less predictable weekly routines, we generally anticipate lower customer engagement and marketing investment. In addition to the seasonal trends impacting our net revenue and marketing expenses, the higher outside temperatures of the summer months impact cost of goods sold as more expensive fulfillment packaging for our meals is required in order to maintain the proper temperature during delivery to the customer. In the summer months, we also have increased access to seasonal produce for use in our recipes, including specialty ingredients, which is expected to result in increased food and product packaging costs during such period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our cash requirements are principally for working capital and capital expenditures to support our business, including investments at our fulfillment centers.  Prior to 2017, we financed our operations through private sales of equity securities and payments received from customers.  We raised a total of $194.9 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock, net of costs associated with such financings. In 2016, we entered into a revolving credit facility, which we amended and refinanced in October 2018. In 2017, we issued and sold $64.6 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible notes. In 2017, we also closed our IPO of 30,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, generating proceeds of $278.0 million, net of the underwriting discount and other offering expenses. The proceeds from the IPO are being used for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. Upon the completion of the IPO, all outstanding convertible preferred stock and the outstanding aggregate principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, our outstanding convertible notes each automatically converted into shares of our Class B common stock. Subsequent to the closing of the IPO, there were no convertible notes outstanding.   Total debt, net of debt issuance costs, was $82.6 million as of December 31, 2018 and $124.7 million as of December 31, 2017, which consisted of outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility.

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, money market accounts, and amounts held by third party financial institutions for credit and debit card transactions, which generally settle within three business days.  Because we generally charge credit cards in advance of shipment and, historically, customers have most frequently requested delivery of their meals earlier in the week, amounts due for credit and debit card transactions as of the end of a financial reporting period may fluctuate significantly based upon the day of the week on which that period ends.

Total restricted cash was $1.7 million as of December 31, 2018 and $2.4 million as of December 31, 2017.  Restricted cash reflects pledged cash deposited into savings accounts that is used as security primarily for fulfillment centers and office space leases.  As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, $1.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively, of our restricted cash is classified as a long-term asset.

We define working capital as the difference between our current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) and current liabilities.  Our working capital was $(21.2) million as of December 31, 2018 and $(36.5) million as of December 31, 2017.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months.  Our future capital requirements and the availability and accessibility to additional funds will depend on many factors, including our ability to remain compliant

65


 

with the covenants of our revolving credit facility and those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” under Part I, Item 1A.

The following table presents the major components of net cash flows from and used in operating, investing, and financing activities for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

2016

 

 

(In thousands)

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

 

$

(76,900)

 

$

(152,442)

 

$

(23,545)

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

 

 

(13,610)

 

 

(123,687)

 

 

(66,456)

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

 

 

(42,389)

 

 

423,175

 

 

44,609

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(132,899)

 

 

147,046

 

 

(45,392)

Cash and cash equivalents–beginning of period

 

 

228,514

 

 

81,468

 

 

126,860

Cash and cash equivalents–end of period

 

$

95,615

 

$

228,514

 

$

81,468

Net Cash from (used in) Operating Activities

Net cash from (used in) operating activities consists of net income adjusted for certain non‑cash items and changes in operating assets and liabilities.

In 2018, net cash from (used in) operating activities was $(76.9) million and consisted of net income (loss) of $(122.1) million, non cash items of $52.8 million and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $(7.6) million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily driven by decreases in receivables and inventory of $11.6 million, offset by decreases in accounts payable, deferred revenue, and other noncurrent assets and liabilities of $(16.0) million and increases in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $(3.2) million.

In 2017, net cash from (used in) operating activities was $(152.4) million and consisted of net income (loss) of $(210.1) million, non‑cash items of $67.1 million and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $(9.4) million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily driven by decreases in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $(12.7) million, partially offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $3.4 million.

In 2016, net cash from (used in) operating activities was $(23.5) million and consisted of net income (loss) of $(54.9) million, non‑cash items of $11.4 million and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $19.9 million.  Changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily driven by increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $30.5 million and deferred revenue of $18.0 million, partially offset by increases in inventory and prepaid expenses and other current assets of $(29.3) million.

Net Cash from (used in) Investing Activities

Net cash from (used in) investing activities primarily relates to capital expenditures to support our business initiatives and drive efficiency in fulfillment center operations and investment in software development.

In 2018, net cash from (used in) investing activities was $(13.6) million and consisted primarily of $(15.0) million for purchases of property and equipment, including capitalized software costs, and a $(0.3) million payment for an acquisition holdback, partially offset by $1.0 million of proceeds from the sale of fixed assets and a $0.7 million decrease in restricted cash. Cash paid for capital expenditures in 2018 was driven by the continued investments in automation equipment at our fulfillment centers, the acquisition of fixed assets to support business initiatives and ongoing product expansion and software capitalization. In the future we expect to incur capital expenditures primarily related to automation equipment in our fulfillment centers in order to optimize and drive efficiency in our operations and capitalized software costs. As of December 31, 2018, our projected capital expenditures are expected to amount to approximately $10.0 million to $15.0 million in the aggregate for 2019. The timing and amount of our projected expenditures is dependent upon a number of factors, including the anticipated and actual scale of our business, and may vary significantly from our estimates.

66


 

In 2017, net cash from (used in) investing activities was $(123.7) million and consisted primarily of $(124.2) million for purchases of property and equipment, including capitalized software costs, and $(1.2) million of cash paid for an acquisition.  Cash paid for capital expenditures in 2017 was driven by the continued construction and investments in automation equipment at our fulfillment centers and the acquisition of fixed assets to support business initiatives and ongoing product expansion.

In 2016, net cash from (used in) investing activities was $(66.5) million and consisted primarily of $(62.8) million for purchases of property and equipment including capitalized software costs and an increase in restricted cash of $(3.6) million.  Capital expenditures in 2016 were driven by the expansion and construction at our fulfillment centers, investments in automation equipment at our fulfillment centers to drive efficiency, expansion of our corporate headquarters, and the acquisition of fixed assets to support our business growth.  In 2016, we started construction at our new leased facilities in Linden and Fairfield.  As a result of the nature of our involvement in the construction of these new facilities, we are considered to be the owner for accounting purposes.  We follow build‑to‑suit accounting for these arrangements and capitalize the fair value of the buildings and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability.

Net Cash from (used in) Financing Activities

Net cash from (used in) financing activities primarily relates to proceeds from our initial public offering, issuance of convertible preferred stock, and our net borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

In 2018, net cash from (used in) financing activities was $(42.4) million and consisted of a $(41.4) million repayment of debt under our revolving credit facility, $(0.9) million in payments of debt issuance costs and $(0.3) million in principal payments on capital lease obligations, slightly offset by proceeds from the exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock units.

In 2017, financing activities provided $423.2 million in cash primarily from $278.0 million in proceeds from our initial public offering, net of the underwriting discount and other offering expenses, $80.0 in borrowings under our revolving credit facility net of issuance costs, and $64.4 million in proceeds from convertible notes, net of issuance costs.  The proceeds from borrowing under the revolving credit facility have primarily been used to finance our capital expenditures. See Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for discussion of use of proceeds from our initial public offering.

In 2016, financing activities provided $44.6 million in cash primarily from $44.5 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility, net of issuance costs.  The proceeds from the borrowings have primarily been used to finance our capital expenditures.

Revolving Credit Facility

In August 2016, we entered into a revolving credit and guaranty agreement (the “revolving credit facility”) with a maximum amount available to borrow of $150.0 million. In May 2017 and June 2017, we executed amendments to the agreement that each increased the total commitment by $25.0 million, resulting in a total commitment of $200.0 million. In October 2018, we further amended and refinanced the revolving credit facility (the “credit facility refinancing”) to, among other things, reduce the maximum amount available to borrow from $200.0 million to $85.0 million and extend the final maturity of the revolving credit facility from August 26, 2019 to February 26, 2021. In connection with the refinancing, we repaid $41.4 million of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we had $83.6 million and $125.0 million, respectively, in outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility, and $1.4 million in issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility.

Prior to the credit facility refinancing, borrowings under the revolving credit facility bore interest, at our option, at (1) a base rate based on the highest of prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and an adjusted LIBOR rate for a one‑month interest period plus 1.00% (“the base rate”), plus in each case a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.00% or (2) an adjusted LIBOR rate (“the eurodollar rate”) plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00%, based on our total leverage ratio for the preceding four fiscal quarters and our status as a public or non‑public company. Subsequent to the

67


 

credit facility refinancing, base rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the base rate plus 3.00% and eurodollar rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the eurodollar rate plus 4.00%. We are also obligated under the revolving credit facility to pay certain customary fees, including an unused commitment fee on undrawn amounts of 0.15%.

The obligations under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by the guarantor as defined in the revolving credit and guaranty agreement, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. Obligations under the revolving credit facility are secured by substantially all of the assets of the guarantor and its subsidiaries. The revolving credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness and liens, restrictions on affiliate transactions, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of collateral, and limitations on dividends and stock repurchases. The October 2018 amendment to the revolving credit facility made certain additional changes to affirmative and financial reporting covenants and various negative covenants restricting our and our subsidiaries’ activities. In addition, the revolving credit facility requires us to comply with certain additional financial covenants, including to maintain a minimum aggregate liquidity balance of $50.0 million and, in the event we have positive consolidated total net debt, maintain minimum quarterly consolidated adjusted EBITDA in excess of certain specified thresholds as defined in the revolving credit and guaranty agreement.  As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the revolving credit facility. Our future compliance with the covenants under the revolving credit facility will be dependent on, among other factors, our ability to maintain positive consolidated total net debt or generate sufficient adjusted EBITDA. Failure to comply with any covenants under the revolving credit facility could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operation as described in the section titled “Risk Factors” under Part I, Item 1A.

Contractual Obligations

At December 31, 2018, our debt and certain other significant contractual financial obligations that will affect our future liquidity were as follows.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019

    

2020

    

2021

    

2022

    

2023

    

Thereafter

    

Total

 

 

(In thousands)

Revolving credit facility (1)

 

$

5,432

 

$

5,447

 

$

84,426

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

95,305

Operating lease obligations (2)

 

 

10,900

 

 

5,995

 

 

5,916

 

 

5,480

 

 

4,728

 

 

11,289

 

 

44,308

Capital lease obligations (3)

 

 

241

 

 

176

 

 

41

 

 

23

 

 

 4

 

 

 —

 

 

485

Build-to-suit lease obligations (4)

 

 

4,798

 

 

4,918

 

 

5,041

 

 

5,167

 

 

5,297

 

 

19,911

 

 

45,132

Total

 

$

21,371

 

$

16,536

 

$

95,424

 

$

10,670

 

$

10,029

 

$

31,200

 

$

185,230


(1)

Includes estimated interest payments based on currently effective interest rates as of December 31, 2018, timing of scheduled payments, and the maturity date of our revolving credit facility. Estimated interest payments are subject to change due to the variable nature of the interest rates under our revolving credit facility as described in “Revolving Credit Facility” above.

(2)

Includes non‑cancelable operating leases for office space in New York, New York including our headquarters, and Austin, Texas and fulfillment centers in Linden, New Jersey, Richmond, California and Arlington, Texas.  We also have various non‑cancelable operating leases for certain equipment. In 2018, we entered into agreements to sublease space at our corporate offices. In 2017, we entered into an agreement to sublease the remainder of our Jersey City facility. The subleases continue through the duration of the existing leases for each location and entitle us to future minimum sublease payments of approximately $10.3 million as of December 31, 2018. The sublease payments are not reflected in the above table.

(3)

Includes lease payments for capital lease obligations, including estimated interest payments attributable to our capital lease obligations, all of which have fixed interest rates.

(4)

Includes lease payments for fulfillment centers in Linden and Fairfield for which we are deemed to be the owner for accounting purposes under build‑to‑suit accounting and capitalize the fair value of the buildings and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability. We do not intend to occupy the Fairfield facility and, as a result we are continuing to evaluate potential alternatives for the property.

68


 

Off‑Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017, we did not have any off‑balance sheet arrangements, except for operating leases and letters of credit entered into in the normal course of business as discussed above.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates

In preparing our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities that are reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying disclosures.  We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements because they involve the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.  Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies.  Accordingly, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis.  Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions.  See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information about these critical accounting policies, as well as a description of our other accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when the following four criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred; (3) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.  Revenue, net of promotional discounts, is deferred at the time cash is collected and recognized at the time risk of ownership transfers to the customer.  We also defer revenue from the sale of gift cards and prepaid orders until all criteria for revenue recognition are met.  Net revenue is reduced for actual and estimated customer credits and refunds expected to be issued.  For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, credits and refunds represented 3.5%, 3.5%, and 3.3% of net revenue, respectively.

We periodically enter into agreements with third parties to market our products.  We record revenue from such arrangements at the gross amount as we are the primary obligor with the customer, provide primary customer service for such products sold on our website, have latitude in establishing price and selecting such products sold on our website, and maintain inventory risk.  Payments received in advance under these agreements are recorded as deferred revenue until all criteria for revenue recognition are met.

We will adopt Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 (“ASU 2014-09”), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) as of January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective approach. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.

Inventories, Net

Inventories, net consist primarily of bulk and prepped food, products available for resale, packaging, containers, and wine products which are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value.  Inventory costs consist of product costs, inbound shipping and handling costs and applicable direct labor costs.  Inventories are valued on a first‑in, first‑out cost basis.  We record an inventory valuation reserve when applicable, based on currently available information, about the likely method of disposition, such as through sales to individual customers, donations or liquidations, and expected recoverable values of each inventory category.

Leases

We categorize lease agreements at their inception as either operating or capital leases.  For operating leases, we recognize rent expense on a straight‑line basis over the term of the lease.  For capital leases, we record a leased asset with a corresponding liability.  Payments are recorded as reductions to the liability with an interest charge recorded based on the remaining liability.

69


 

We review leases for which we are involved in construction to determine if we are considered to be the owner for accounting purposes during the construction period.  If we are determined to be the owner for accounting purposes, we follow build‑to‑suit accounting and capitalize the fair value of the building and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability.  At the end of the construction period we assess whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under sale‑leaseback accounting guidance.  If upon completion of construction, the arrangement does not meet the sale‑leaseback criteria, we will continue to be considered the owner of the building for accounting purposes.

Upon substantial completion of the construction phase of the facilities we lease in Linden and Fairfield in June 2017 and December 2017, respectively, we performed a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 840 –  Leases , to determine the appropriateness of removing the previously capitalized assets from the consolidated balance sheets. We concluded that components of “continuing involvement” were evident as a result of this analysis, thereby failing the sale-leaseback tests which precludes the derecognition of the related assets from the consolidated balance sheets. In conjunction with the leases, we also recorded a facility financing obligation equal to the fair market value of the assets received from the landlord. At the end of the lease terms, including exercise of any renewal options, the difference between the remaining facility financing obligation and the net carrying value of the fixed assets will be recognized as a non-cash gain or loss on sale of the properties. We do not report rent expense for the leases. Rather, rental payments under the leases are recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and interest expense and the associated assets capitalized throughout the construction projects are depreciated over the determined useful life.

Recoverability of Long‑Lived Assets

Our long‑lived assets consist of property, equipment and capitalized software development costs.  We periodically evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful life of long‑lived assets may warrant revision or that the remaining balance may not be recoverable.  These factors may include a significant deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated cash flows.  Recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition, where applicable. If future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment is recognized in earnings to the extent that the carrying value exceeds fair value. In determining future cash flows, we use industry accepted valuation models and engage third party valuation specialists, as needed. When multiple valuation methodologies are used, the results are weighted appropriately. In addition to the recoverability assessment, we routinely review the remaining estimated useful lives of our long-lived assets. If we reduce the estimated useful life assumption for any asset, the remaining balance would be depreciated over the revised estimated useful life. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, there were no impairments of long-lived assets. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded impairment charges of $9.5 million on long-lived assets primarily related to the transition of all our Jersey City fulfillment center operations to our fulfillment center in Linden, as well as our decision to no longer pursue the planned build-out of the Fairfield facility. In July 2017, we performed an impairment test related to our long-lived assets at the Jersey City facility. The carrying amount of the long-lived assets at the Jersey City facility was $11.5 million and the fair value was $7.1 million as of the impairment date, resulting in an impairment of $4.4 million, primarily consisting of leasehold improvements and equipment. The fair value was primarily determined based on estimated market prices. In October 2017, we performed an impairment test related to our long-lived assets at the Fairfield facility. The carrying amount of the long-lived assets at the Fairfield facility was $37.1 million and the fair value was $33.9 million as of the impairment date, resulting in an impairment of $3.2 million, primarily consisting of the building, leasehold improvements and equipment. The fair value was primarily determined based on a third party appraisal for real property using the Income Capitalization Approach. See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K  for further discussion. For the year ended December 31, 2016, there were no impairments of long-lived assets.

70


 

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.  Management makes an assessment of the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized.  A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.  In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets in the jurisdiction from which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax‑planning strategies, and results of recent operations.  In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, we consider three years of cumulative operating income (loss).  Based on our historical operating losses, we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards. If and when we achieve profitability in future years, we expect to realize some or all of our net operating loss carryforwards, subject to limitations imposed by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. See “Risk Factors—Other Risks Related to Government Regulation—Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations which could subject our business to higher tax liability.”

The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions.  ASC 740 states that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, on the basis of the technical merits.  We (1) record unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities in accordance with ASC 740 and (2) adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available.  Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a resolution that is materially different from our current estimate of the unrecognized tax benefit.  These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which new information is available.

Share‑Based Payments

We recognize share‑based compensation for share‑based awards, including stock options and restricted stock units, based on the estimated fair value of the awards, on a straight‑line basis over the period in which the employee is required to provide services, generally up to four years.  We estimate the fair value of stock options on the grant date generally using the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model. The fair value of restricted stock units is determined based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the grant date. Forfeitures are recognized as incurred. We expect to continue to grant share-based awards in the future, and, to the extent that we do, our stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods may increase .

We determined the assumptions for the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model as discussed below.  Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

·

Fair Value of Our Common Stock .  Prior to our initial public offering in July 2017, our board of directors considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock. The factors included: contemporaneous third party valuations of our common stock; the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock; the prices of convertible preferred stock sold by us to third party investors; our operating and financial results; the lack of marketability of our common stock; the U.S. and global economic and capital market conditions and outlook; and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions. Since our initial public offering, we have used the market closing price for our Class A common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange to determine the fair value of our Class A common stock.

·

Expected Term .  The expected term represents the period that the share‑based awards are expected to be outstanding.  The expected term of stock options granted has been determined using the simplified method, which uses the midpoint between the vesting date and the contractual term.

71


 

·

Risk‑Free Interest Rate.  The risk‑free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant for zero‑coupon U.S. Treasury constant maturity notes with terms approximately equal to the share‑based awards’ expected term.

·

Expected Volatility.  Prior to our initial public offering in July 2017, we did not have a trading history of our common stock. The expected volatility was derived from the average historical stock volatilities of several public companies within our industry that we considered to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the share‑based awards. Since our initial public offering, our trading history of common stock is not yet commensurate with the expected term of the share‑based awards. Therefore, we have used a combination our historical stock volatility and the historical stock volatilities of several public companies within our industry that we considered to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the share‑based awards.

·

Dividend Rate .  The expected dividend is zero as we have not paid and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black‑Scholes model change significantly, share‑based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-09, we estimated our forfeiture rate based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures and evaluated the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. The impact from any forfeiture rate adjustment would be recognized in full in the period of adjustment and if the actual number of future forfeitures differed from our estimates, we would assess if an adjustment to share‑based compensation was necessary. Upon adoption of ASU 2016-09 as of January 1, 2018, we recognize forfeitures as they occur.

The following table presents the weighted‑average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

Expected term (in years)

 

6.00

 

3.49

-

6.12

 

5.85

-

6.93

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.71

%  

1.79

-

2.27

%  

1.28

-

2.19

%  

Expected volatility

 

51.34

%  

46.35

-

60.15

%  

49.83

-

60.37

%  

Dividend rate

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

In 2018, we granted options to purchase 2,341,881 shares of our Class A common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.97 to certain employees, including our executive officers. Such options are subject to vesting conditions that are tied to the achievement of certain stock price targets through June 30, 2020 and financial targets through December 31, 2019. A portion of the financial target options may, subject to certain conditions, accelerate in connection with a change in control event based on the time that has elapsed from the commencement of the applicable measurement period through the date of such change in control. The fair value of the financial target options was determined utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model resulting in a total grant date fair value of $1.9 million to be recognized as expense over the derived service period of approximately two years to the extent it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. The fair value of the stock price target options was determined utilizing the Monte Carlo simulation valuation model resulting in a total grant date fair value of $0.5 million to be recognized as expense over the derived service period of approximately two years.

In February 2016, we granted an option to purchase 481,123 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $62.35 (which was higher than the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant and was intended as further incentive to create substantial long‑term stockholder value) to one of our executive officers.  In addition to the typical vesting requirement for our options as discussed above, this grant allows for acceleration provisions including full and immediate vesting upon certain termination events.  As this grant was determined to include a market condition, we utilized the Monte Carlo simulation valuation model to value the grant.  The total grant date fair value of this grant was $0.5 million and is recognized as expense over the derived service period of 5.7 years.

72


 

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards.  We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and as a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.  We may take advantage of these exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the IPO or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company.  We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, we have more than $700.0 million in market value of our stock held by non‑affiliates (and we have been a public company for at least 12 months and have filed one annual report on Form 10‑K) or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non‑convertible debt securities over a three‑year period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information about recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 7A.            QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

We are exposed to certain market risks in the ordinary course of our business.  These risks primarily consist of interest rates, food prices and inflation as follows:

Interest Rates

Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market accounts, and amounts held by third party financial institutions for credit and debit card transactions.  The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing return without significantly increasing risk.  Because our cash and cash equivalents have a relatively short maturity, the fair value of our portfolio of cash and cash equivalents is not particularly sensitive to interest rate changes.

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our revolving credit facility, which we do not believe has had a material effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Revolving Credit Facility” above.

Food Prices

Our profitability is dependent on, among other things, our ability to anticipate and react to food costs.  We have been able to effectively manage cost variations resulting from a number of factors, including market conditions, shortages or interruptions in supply due to weather or other conditions beyond our control and inflation, through our recipe creation process.  We typically begin working with our suppliers months in advance to plan our supply needs, while maintaining flexibility to adjust our recipes, and therefore our ingredients, in the weeks leading up to shipment.  However, substantial increases in food prices could impact our operating results to the extent that such increases cannot be mitigated through our recipe planning. Alternatively, deflation in food prices could also reduce the attractiveness of our product offerings relative to competing products and thus impede our ability to maintain or increase our overall sales.

73


 

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.  If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases.  Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

ITEM 8.               FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the financial statements set forth in Item 15. “Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.”

ITEM 9.              CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A.            CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined by Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of December 31, 2018. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2018 at the reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

·

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

·

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

·

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

74


 

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on its assessment, our management believes that, as of December 31, 2018, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

Previously Identified Material Weaknesses in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

None.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management’s evaluation pursuant to Rules 13a-15(d) or 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting .

ITEM 9B.            OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

75


 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.            DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

The information required by this item will be included under the caption “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” in our Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, which we refer to as our 2019 Proxy Statement, and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics applicable to all officers, directors and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the code is available at the Investor Relations section of our website, located at investors.blueapron.com, under “Corporate Governance Governance Documents.” We intend to make all required disclosures regarding any amendments to, or waivers from, any provisions of the code at the same location of our website .

ITEM 11.            EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information required by this item  will be included under the caption Executive Compensation in our 2019 Proxy Statement and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

ITEM 12.            SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The information required by this item  will be included under the caption Security Ownership of Management and Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters in our 2019 Proxy Statement and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

ITEM 13.            CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The information required by this item  will be included under the caption Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence in our 2019 Proxy Statement and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

ITEM 14.            PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required by this item  will be included under the caption Principal Accounting Fees and Services in our 2019 Proxy Statement and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

76


 

Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.            EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE.

 

 

 

(a)

    

Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule

 

 

 

 

 

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

 

 

 

(b)

 

Exhibits

 

 

 

 

 

See “Exhibit Index.”

 

 

 

 

 ITEM 16.            Form 10-K Summary.

None.

77


 

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

Exhibit Number

 

Exhibit Description

Form

File Number

Exhibit

Filing Date

Filed Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

S-1/A

333-218425

3.3

06/19/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

S-1/A

333-218425

3.4

06/19/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of Class A common stock

S-1/A

333-218425

4.1

06/19/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2015, by and among the Registrant and the other parties thereto

S-1

333-218425

10.1

06/01/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors and executive officers

S-1/A

333-218425

10.2

06/19/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3*

 

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

S-1

333-218425

10.3

06/01/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4*

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

S-1

333-218425

10.4

06/01/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5*

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

S-1

333-218425

10.5

06/01/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

S-1

333-218425

10.6

06/01/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78


 

Table of Contents

10.7*

 

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

S-1/A

333-218425

10.7

06/19/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8*

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

S-1/A

333-218425

10.8

06/19/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

S-1/A

333-218425

10.9

06/19/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10

 

Lease, dated as of July 15, 2013, as amended, by and between Dreisbach Enterprises, Inc. and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

S-1

333-218425

10.12

06/01/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11

 

Sixth Amendment to Lease, dated as of July 15, 2013, by and between Dreisbach Enterprises, Inc. and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.), dated as of January 29, 2019

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12

 

Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease, dated as of August 1, 2014, by and between DF/Hilltop, LLC and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

S-1

333-218425

10.16

06/01/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13

 

Lease, dated as of March 21, 2016 by and between Duke Linden, LLC and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

S-1

333-218425

10.18

06/01/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79


 

Table of Contents

10.14

 

Sublease Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2016, as amended by and between Appnexus Inc. and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

S-1

333-218425

10.19

06/01/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15

 

Lease Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2016, by and between Gateway 80 Industrial, LLC and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

S-1

333-218425

10.20

06/01/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16

 

Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016, by and among Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.), Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and the other parties thereto, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of May 3, 2017, and Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of May 11, 2017

S-1

333-218425

10.21

06/01/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17

 

Amendment No. 3 to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016, by and among Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.), Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and the other parties thereto, dated as of June 23, 2017

S-1/A

333-218425

10.22

06/23/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80


 

Table of Contents

10.18

 

Amendment No. 4 to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2018, by and among Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.), Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and the other parties thereto, dated as of June 23, 2017

8-K

001-38134

10.1

10/10/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19*

 

Separation Agreement, dated December 14, 2017, by and between Blue Apron, LLC and Pablo Cussatti

10-K

001-38134

10.17

02/22/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20*

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. Executive Severance Benefits Plan

10-Q

001-38134

10.1

05/03/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21*

 

Offer Letter for Timothy S. Bensley

10-Q

001-38134

10.1

08/02/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries

10-K

001-38134

21.1

02/22/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

81


 

Table of Contents

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

X


*  Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

82


 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

Dated: February 25, 2019

/s/ Bradley J. Dickerson

 

Bradley J. Dickerson

 

President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 25 th of February 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

/s/ Bradley J. Dickerson

 

President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

Bradley J. Dickerson

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Timothy S. Bensley

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Timothy S. Bensley

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Julie M.B. Bradley

 

Director

Julie M.B. Bradley

 

 

/s/ Tracy Britt Cool

 

Director

Tracy Britt Cool

 

 

/s/ Kenneth A. Fox

 

Director

Kenneth A. Fox

 

 

/s/ Robert P. Goodman

 

Director

Robert P. Goodman

 

 

/s/ Gary R. Hirshberg

 

Director

Gary R. Hirshberg

 

 

/s/ Brian P. Kelley

 

Director

Brian P. Kelley

 

 

/s/ Matthew B. Salzberg

 

Director and Chairman

Matthew B. Salzberg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

83


 

Table of Contents

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets  

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations  

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)  

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

F-7

 

 

F-1


 

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.

New York, New York

February 25, 2019

F-2


 

Table of Contents

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per‑share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

 

2018

 

2017

ASSETS

 

 

  

 

 

  

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

95,615

 

$

228,514

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

494

 

 

1,945

Inventories, net

 

 

33,634

 

 

41,927

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

11,116

 

 

7,824

Other receivables

 

 

1,143

 

 

2,539

Total current assets

 

 

142,002

 

 

282,749

Restricted cash

 

 

1,692

 

 

2,371

Property and equipment, net

 

 

209,515

 

 

230,828

Other noncurrent assets

 

 

1,690

 

 

1,761

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

354,899

 

$

517,709

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

  

 

 

  

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Accounts payable

 

$

22,573

 

$

30,448

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

32,594

 

 

32,615

Deferred revenue

 

 

12,372

 

 

27,646

Total current liabilities

 

 

67,539

 

 

90,709

Long-term debt

 

 

82,603

 

 

124,687

Facility financing obligation

 

 

71,696

 

 

70,347

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

 

13,759

 

 

8,116

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

235,597

 

 

293,859

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

 

 

  

 

 

  

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT):

 

 

  

 

 

  

Class A common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share — 1,500,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017; 78,601,089 and 37,657,649 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively

 

 

 8

 

 

 4

Class B common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share — 175,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017; 115,710,547 and 153,727,228 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively

 

 

11

 

 

15

Class C common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share — 500,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017; 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

590,521

 

 

572,528

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(471,238)

 

 

(348,697)

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

119,302

 

 

223,850

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

$

354,899

 

$

517,709

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3


 

Table of Contents

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except share and per‑share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Net revenue

 

$

667,600

 

$

881,191

 

$

795,416

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

 

 

433,496

 

 

627,964

 

 

532,682

 

Marketing

 

 

117,455

 

 

154,529

 

 

144,141

 

Product, technology, general, and administrative

 

 

194,340

 

 

247,907

 

 

165,179

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

34,517

 

 

26,838

 

 

8,217

 

Other operating expense

 

 

2,170

 

 

12,713

 

 

 —

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

781,978

 

 

1,069,951

 

 

850,219

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(114,378)

 

 

(188,760)

 

 

(54,803)

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(7,683)

 

 

(6,384)

 

 

25

 

Other income (expense), net

 

 

 —

 

 

(14,984)

 

 

 —

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(122,061)

 

 

(210,128)

 

 

(54,778)

 

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

 

 

(88)

 

 

(15)

 

 

(108)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(122,149)

 

$

(210,143)

 

$

(54,886)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to Class A, Class B, and Class C common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.63)

 

$

(1.64)

 

$

(0.84)

 

Diluted

 

$

(0.63)

 

$

(1.64)

 

$

(0.84)

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to Class A, Class B, and Class C common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

192,678,914

 

 

128,057,330

 

 

65,425,609

 

Diluted

 

 

192,678,914

 

 

128,057,330

 

 

65,425,609

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


 

Table of Contents

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible

 

 

Class  A

 

Class B

 

Class C

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-In

 

Accumulated

 

Stockholders'

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Deficit

 

Equity (Deficit)

Balance — December 31, 2015

 

14,500,938

 

$

194,869

 

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

66,565,002

 

$

 7

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,727

 

$

(83,668)

 

$

(81,934)

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

530,126

 

 

0

 

 —

 

 

 

 

402

 

 

 

 

402

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,018

 

 

 

 

3,018

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(54,886)

 

 

(54,886)

Balance — December 31, 2016

 

14,500,938

 

$

194,869

 

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

67,095,128

 

$

 7

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

5,147

 

$

(138,554)

 

$

(133,400)

Conversion from Class B to Class A common stock

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

7,352,355

 

 

 1

 

(7,352,355)

 

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Exchange from Class C to Class A common stock

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

42,687

 

 

0

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

(42,687)

 

 

(0)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Issuance of common stock upon acquisition

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

42,687

 

 

0

 

 

373

 

 

 —

 

 

373

Issuance of common stock upon conversion of convertible notes

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

7,023,201

 

 

 1

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

62,084

 

 

 —

 

 

62,085

Issuance of common stock upon conversion of Series A, B, C, and D convertible preferred stock

 

(14,500,938)

 

 

(194,869)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

85,190,551

 

 

 8

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

194,861

 

 

 —

 

 

194,869

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

262,607

 

 

0

 

1,770,703

 

 

0

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,008

 

 

 

 

1,008

Issuance of common stock upon initial public offering, net of offering costs

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

30,000,000

 

 

 3

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

278,007

 

 

 —

 

 

278,010

Issuance of convertible notes

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

19,567

 

 

 —

 

 

19,567

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,481

 

 

 

 

11,481

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

(210,143)

 

 

(210,143)

Balance — December 31, 2017

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

37,657,649

 

$

 4

 

153,727,228

 

$

15

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

572,528

 

$

(348,697)

 

$

223,850

Conversion from Class B to Class A common stock

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

38,349,748

 

 

 4

 

(38,349,748)

 

 

(4)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,583,407

 

 

0

 

333,067

 

 

0

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

215

 

 

 —

 

 

215

Share-based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

17,386

 

 

 —

 

 

17,386

Impact of adoption of accounting standard update

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

392

 

 

(392)

 

 

 —

Settlement of acquisition holdback

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

10,285

 

 

0

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Net income (loss)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(122,149)

 

 

(122,149)

Balance — December 31, 2018

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

78,601,089

 

$

 8

 

115,710,547

 

$

11

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

590,521

 

$

(471,238)

 

$

119,302

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

F-5


 

Table of Contents

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

$

(122,149)

 

$

(210,143)

 

$

(54,886)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

 

 

 

34,517

 

 

26,838

 

 

8,217

Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

 

1,624

 

 

(25)

 

 

 3

Loss on impairment

 

 

 

 —

 

 

9,456

 

 

 —

Changes in reserves and allowances

 

 

 

(1,247)

 

 

1,870

 

 

151

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

16,320

 

 

11,270

 

 

2,965

Non-cash interest expense

 

 

 

1,595

 

 

2,719

 

 

62

Loss (gain) on convertible notes

 

 

 

 —

 

 

14,984

 

 

 —

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

 

 

1,812

 

 

(123)

 

 

(449)

Inventories

 

 

 

9,786

 

 

451

 

 

(25,686)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

 

(3,194)

 

 

(125)

 

 

(3,598)

Accounts payable

 

 

 

(6,605)

 

 

(4,770)

 

 

3,713

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

(7,923)

 

 

26,821

Deferred revenue

 

 

 

(15,274)

 

 

3,368

 

 

18,026

Other noncurrent assets and liabilities

 

 

 

5,917

 

 

(289)

 

 

1,116

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

 

 

 

(76,900)

 

 

(152,442)

 

 

(23,545)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for acquisition

 

 

 

(250)

 

 

(1,177)

 

 

 —

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

 

 

 

679

 

 

1,595

 

 

(3,629)

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

 

(15,022)

 

 

(124,242)

 

 

(62,827)

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

 

 

 

983

 

 

137

 

 

 —

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

 

 

 

(13,610)

 

 

(123,687)

 

 

(66,456)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from debt issuances

 

 

 

 —

 

 

144,349

 

 

44,471

Repayments of debt

 

 

 

(41,422)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Payments of debt issuance costs

 

 

 

(908)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

215

 

 

1,010

 

 

402

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

 

 

 

(274)

 

 

(194)

 

 

(264)

Net proceeds from public offering

 

 

 

 —

 

 

283,500

 

 

 —

Payments of public offering costs

 

 

 

 —

 

 

(5,490)

 

 

 —

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

 

 

 

(42,389)

 

 

423,175

 

 

44,609

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

(132,899)

 

 

147,046

 

 

(45,392)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period

 

 

 

228,514

 

 

81,468

 

 

126,860

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period

 

 

$

95,615

 

$

228,514

 

$

81,468

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds

 

 

$

110

 

$

70

 

$

355

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

 

 

$

8,317

 

$

4,675

 

$

96

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition (disposal) of property and equipment financed under capital lease obligations

 

 

$

184

 

$

39

 

$

256

Non-cash additions to property and equipment

 

 

$

1,065

 

$

20,458

 

$

46,085

Purchases of property and equipment in Accounts payable and Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

$

582

 

$

1,950

 

$

15,713

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6


 

Table of Contents

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Description of Business

When used in these notes, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “Company.”

The Company creates original recipes, which are sent along with fresh, high-quality, seasonal ingredients, directly to customers for them to prepare, cook, and enjoy. The Company creates meal experiences around original recipes every week based on what’s in-season with farming partners and other suppliers. Customers can choose which recipes they would like to receive in a given week, and the Company delivers those recipes to their doorsteps along with the pre-portioned ingredients required to cook those recipes. In 2018, the Company also launched meal solutions that can be accessed in a retail environment or through on-demand delivery.

In addition to meals, the Company sells wine through Blue Apron Wine, a direct-to-consumer wine delivery service launched in September 2015. The Company also sells a curated selection of cooking tools, utensils, and pantry items through Blue Apron Market, an e-commerce marketplace launched in November 2014.

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization as discussed in Note 10, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in December 2016, and Blue Apron, Inc., the parent company prior to the Corporate Reorganization, converted into Blue Apron, LLC and became a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. The Company’s headquarters are in New York, New York.

On July 5, 2017, the Company completed an initial public offering (“IPO”), in which the Company issued and sold 30,000,000 shares of its Class A common stock at a public offering price of $10.00 per share. The Company received approximately $278. 0 million in net proceeds after deducting $16.5 million of underwriting discounts and commissions and approximately $5. 5 million in offering costs. Upon the closing of the IPO, all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock at the applicable conversion rates then in effect. Subsequent to the closing of the IPO, there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Upon the closing of the IPO, the aggregate principal amount of $64.6 million and all accrued and unpaid interest outstanding on the convertible notes discussed in Note 8 automatically converted into 7,023,201 shares of Class B common stock at the conversion rate then in effect. Subsequent to the closing of the IPO, there were no convertible notes outstanding. The Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, including share and per share amounts, give effect to the IPO, conversion of the convertible notes, and the conversion of the convertible preferred stock, as the IPO and such conversions were completed on July 5, 2017 .

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and its wholly‑owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Certain reclassifications were made to prior year amounts to conform to current year presentation.

Use of Estimates

In preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP, the Company is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities which are reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying disclosures. The accounting estimates that require the most difficult and subjective judgments include revenue

F-7


 

Table of Contents

recognition, inventory valuation, leases, recoverability of long‑lived assets, the fair value of share‑based awards, recoverability of net deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance, and the recognition and measurement of income tax uncertainties and other contingencies. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors and adjusts those estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Actual results could materially differ from the Company’s estimates and assumptions.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost plus accrued interest and consist of cash on hand, money market accounts, and amounts held by third party financial institutions for credit and debit card transactions. Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $95.6 million and $228.5 million, respectively, and consist of qualifying money market accounts and amounts due from third party institutions which generally settle within three business days, of $7.8 million and $10.4 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily represent amounts due from third parties that market the Company’s products and other trade receivables. Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts, net of allowances for doubtful accounts if applicable, are unsecured, and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.1 million and $0.0 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Other Receivables

Other receivables primarily include amounts due from the sale of fixed assets and miscellaneous receivables other than trade accounts receivable. Other receivables are recorded at their carrying amounts, are unsecured, and do not bear interest.

Certain Risks and Concentrations

Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash. All of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash are held at financial institutions in the United States that management believes to be of high credit quality. Deposits held in the United States with these financial institutions exceed federally insured limits.

The primary focus of the Company’s investment strategy is to preserve capital and meet liquidity requirements. The Company’s investment policy addresses the level of credit exposure by limiting the concentration in any one corporate issuer or sector and establishing a minimum allowable credit rating.

No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total Net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016. There are no significant concentration risks within the Company’s Accounts receivable as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, an individual shipping carrier accounted for 11.7% and 10.2% of the Company’s total Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, respectively. No individual supplier accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2016. No individual supplier accounted for 10% or more of total Accounts payable as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Inventories, Net

Inventories, net consist primarily of bulk and prepped food, products available for resale, packaging, containers, and wine products which are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Inventory costs consist of product costs,

F-8


 

Table of Contents

inbound shipping and handling costs, and applicable direct labor costs. Inventories are valued on a first in, first out cost basis. The Company records an inventory valuation reserve when applicable based on currently available information about the likely method of disposition, such as through sales to individual customers, donations, or liquidations and expected recoverable values of each inventory category.

Leases

The Company categorizes lease agreements at their inception as either operating or capital leases. For operating leases, the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight‑line basis over the term of the lease. For capital leases, the Company records a leased asset with a corresponding liability. Payments are recorded as reductions to the liability with an interest charge recorded based on the remaining liability. Sublease payments received by the Company are recorded as income against the associated rent expense.

The Company reviews leases for which it is involved in construction to determine if it is considered to be the owner for accounting purposes during the construction period. If the Company is determined to be the owner for accounting purposes, the Company follows build‑to‑suit accounting and capitalizes the fair value of the building and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability. At the end of the construction period, the Company assesses whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under sale‑leaseback accounting guidance. If upon completion of construction, the arrangement does not meet the sale‑leaseback criteria, the Company will continue to be considered the owner of the building for accounting purposes.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost and are depreciated using a straight‑line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

 

 

Computer equipment

    

2 - 3 years

Capitalized software

 

2 years

Fulfillment equipment

 

5 - 7 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Shorter of expected useful life or lease term

Buildings

 

30 years

 

Capitalized Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes qualifying internally‑developed software development costs that are incurred during the application development stage so long as management with the relevant authority authorizes the project, it is probable the project will be completed, and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight‑line basis over their expected useful lives which is approximately two years. Costs incurred for enhancements that are expected to result in additional significant functionality are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the enhancement. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post‑implementation operation activities, including training and maintenance, are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software development costs net of accumulated amortization are included as a component of Property and equipment, net in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Recoverability of Long‑Lived Assets

Long‑lived assets consist of the Company’s property, equipment, and capitalized software development costs. The Company periodically evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful life of long‑lived assets may warrant revision or that the remaining balance may not be recoverable. These factors may include a significant deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated cash flows. Recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset group to future

F-9


 

Table of Contents

undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated. If future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment is recognized in earnings to the extent that the carrying value exceeds fair value.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, there were n o impairments of long-lived assets . For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded impairment charges of $9.5 million in Other operating expense on long-lived assets primarily related to the Jersey City and Fairfield facilities. For the year ended December 31, 2016, there were no impairment of long‑lived assets.

Fair Value Estimates

The fair value of financial instruments and non-financial instruments is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability at the balance sheet date. Certain assets are categorized based on the following fair value hierarchy of market participant assumptions:

·

Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities.

·

Level 2 — Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly.

·

Level 3 — Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value of the asset or liability and supported by little or no market activity.

The Company uses observable market data when available, and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities are stated at carrying amounts as reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which approximates fair value due to their short‑term nature. The fair value of the long‑term debt approximates its carrying value based on the variable nature of interest rates and current market rates available to the Company.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when the following four criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred; (3) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue, net of promotional discounts, is deferred at the time cash is collected and recognized at the time risk of ownership transfers to the customer. The Company also defers revenue from the sale of gift cards and prepaid orders until all criteria for revenue recognition are met. Net revenue is reduced for actual and estimated customer credits and refunds expected to be issued. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 credits and refunds represented 3.5%, 3.5%, and 3.3% of Net revenue, respectively.

The Company periodically enters into agreements with third parties to market the Company’s products. The Company records revenue from such arrangements at the gross amount as the Company is the primary obligor with the customer, provides primary customer service for such products sold on its website, has latitude in establishing price and selecting such products sold on its website, and maintains inventory risk. Payments received in advance under these agreements are recorded as deferred revenue until all criteria for revenue recognition are met.

The Company will adopt Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 (“ASU 2014-09”), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) as of January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective approach. See Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements below further discussion.

F-10


 

Table of Contents

Cost of Goods Sold, Excluding Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization consists of product and fulfillment costs. Product costs include the cost of food, packaging for food that is portioned prior to delivery to customers, labor and related personnel costs incurred to portion food for the Company’s meals, inbound shipping costs, and cost of products sold through Blue Apron Wine, and Blue Apron Market. Fulfillment costs consist of costs incurred in the shipping and handling of inventory including the shipping costs to the Company’s customers, labor and related personnel costs related to receiving, inspecting, warehousing, picking inventory, and preparing customer orders for shipment, and the cost of packaging materials and shipping supplies.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to Marketing expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Advertising costs were $97.2 million, $115.7 million, and $103.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The Company recognizes advertising costs the first time the advertising takes place. Deferred advertising, marketing, and promotional costs, which principally relate to advertisements that have not yet been exhibited or services that have not yet been received, were $0.2 million and $1.6 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and are recorded within prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Product, Technology, General, and Administrative

Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses consist of costs related to the development of the Company’s products and technology, general and administrative expenses, and overhead expenses, which include: payroll and related expenses for employees involved in the application, production, and maintenance of the Company’s platform and other technology infrastructure costs; payroll and related expenses for employees performing corporate and other managerial functions; facilities costs such as occupancy and rent costs for the Company’s corporate offices and fulfillment centers; and payment processing fees, professional fees, and other general corporate and administrative costs.

Share‑Based Compensation

The Company recognizes share‑based compensation for share‑based awards, including stock options and restricted stock units, based on the estimated fair value of the awards on a straight‑line basis over the period in which the employee is required to provide services, generally up to four years. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options on the grant date generally using the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model. The fair value of restricted stock units is determined based on the closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the grant date. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting ,   the Company estimated the forfeiture rate based on an analysis of actual forfeitures and evaluated the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. The impact from any forfeiture rate adjustment would be recognized in full in the period of adjustment and if the actual number of future forfeitures differed from its estimates, the Company would assess if an adjustment to share‑based compensation was necessary. Upon adoption of ASU 2016-09 as of January 1, 2018, the Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur.

Other Operating Expense

Other operating expense consists primarily of restructuring costs relating to the workforce reductions in November 2018 and October 2017 and impairment losses in 2017 relating to long-lived assets in the Company’s fulfillment centers.

Interest Income (Expense), Net

Interest income and expense consists primarily of interest expense associated with the revolving credit facility, capital lease financings, and build-to-suit lease financing offset by interest income on cash and cash equivalents.

F-11


 

Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income and expense consists of the mark-to-market loss on the debt derivative related to the convertible notes, as well as the loss upon the automatic conversion and settlement of the convertible notes.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Management makes an assessment of the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In evaluating the ability to recover deferred tax assets in the jurisdiction from which they arise, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, the Company considers three years of cumulative operating income (loss). Based on the Company’s historical operating losses, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets.

The Company recognizes uncertain income tax positions at the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes . An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which judgment occurs. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of provision for income taxes.

Segments

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company has determined it operates in one operating segment and one reportable segment, as the CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act, and may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.”  The Company may take advantage of these exemptions until the Company is no longer an “emerging growth company.”  Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and as a result of this election, its financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. The Company may take advantage of these exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the IPO or such earlier time that it is no longer an emerging growth company. The Company would cease to be an emerging growth company if it has more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, has more than $700.0 million in market value of its stock held by non‑affiliates (and it has been a public company for at least 12 months, and has filed one annual report on Form 10‑K), or it issues more than $1.0 billion of non‑convertible debt securities over a three‑year period.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 (“ASU 2014-09”), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . ASU 2014-09 affects any entity that enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of

F-12


 

Table of Contents

nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The new guidance will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance. The new standard also includes enhanced disclosures which are significantly more comprehensive than those in existing revenue standards. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Principal versus Agent Considerations) , to clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing) , to clarify the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients) , to clarify the implementation guidance on assessing collectibility, presentation of sales taxes, noncash consideration and completed contracts, and contract modifications at transition. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, (Revenue from Contracts with Customers) , to clarify the guidance or to correct unintended application of guidance . In September 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), Leases (Topic 840), and Leases (Topic 842): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to the Staff Announcement at the July 20, 2017 EITF Meeting and Rescission of Prior SEC Staff Announcements and Observer Comments , to add SEC paragraphs pursuant to an SEC Staff Announcement made at the July 20, 2017 Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) meeting. For the Company, the guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim reporting periods therein. The Company will adopt ASU 2014-09 using a modified retrospective approach and will recognize $0.3 million cumulative-effect adjustment to reduce Accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2019. The cumulative-effect adjustment to Accumulated deficit is related to breakage of gift cards to the extent there is no requirement for remitting balances to governmental agencies under unclaimed property laws.

In February 2016, the FASB issued its final standard on lease accounting, Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) , which supersedes Topic 840, Leases. The new accounting standard requires the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all long-term leases, including operating leases, on the balance sheet. The new standard also provides additional guidance on the measurement of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities and will require enhanced disclosures about the Company’s leasing arrangements. In September 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), Leases (Topic 840), and Leases (Topic 842): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to the Staff Announcement at the July 20, 2017 EITF Meeting and Rescission of Prior SEC Staff Announcements and Observer Comments , to add SEC paragraphs pursuant to an SEC Staff Announcement made at the July 20, 2017 Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) meeting. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, and ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements, to improve and clarify certain aspects of ASU No. 2016-02. For the Company, the new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-18 (“ASU 2016-18”),  Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) . The standard is intended to eliminate diversity in practice in the treatment of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows and requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. For the Company, the amendments in ASU 2016-18 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-15 (“ASU 2018-15”), Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. The standard is intended to clarify the accounting for implementation costs of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract. For the Company, the amendments in ASU 2018-15 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements .

F-13


 

Table of Contents

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

  In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09 (“ASU 2016-09”), Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Some of the areas of simplification apply only to non-public entities. The Company adopted ASU 2016-09 as of January 1, 2018 using a modified retrospective approach electing to recognize gross stock compensation expense with forfeitures recognized as they occur, with a cumulative-effect adjustment to accumulated deficit of $0.4 million.

In May 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-09 (“ASU 2017-09”), Compensation–Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting . The standard is intended to provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in Topic 718. The Company adopted ASU 2017-09 as of January 1, 2018. The adoption of this guidance did not impact the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

3. Inventories, Net

Inventories, net consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

 

2018

    

2017

 

 

 

(In thousands)

Fulfillment

 

 

$

3,050

 

$

7,358

Product

 

 

 

30,584

 

 

34,569

Inventories, net

 

 

$

33,634

 

$

41,927

Product inventory primarily consists of bulk and prepped food, containers, products available for resale, and wine products. Fulfillment inventory consists of packaging used for shipping and handling. Product and fulfillment inventories are recognized as components of Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations when sold .

4. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

(In thousands)

Prepaid rent

 

$

1,159

 

$

1,348

Prepaid insurance

 

 

6,374

 

 

950

Other current assets

 

 

3,583

 

 

5,526

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

11,116

 

$

7,824

 

 

F-14


 

Table of Contents

5. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

 

(In thousands)

Computer equipment

 

 

$

10,969

 

$

10,883

Capitalized software

 

 

 

15,701

 

 

10,427

Fulfillment equipment

 

 

 

54,187

 

 

45,581

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

 

3,724

 

 

4,188

Leasehold improvements

 

 

 

41,408

 

 

40,173

Buildings (1)

 

 

 

148,507

 

 

148,507

Construction in process (2)

 

 

 

2,207

 

 

4,563

Property and equipment, gross

 

 

 

276,703

 

 

264,322

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

(67,188)

 

 

(33,494)

Property and equipment, net

 

 

$

209,515

 

$

230,828


(1)

Includes build-to-suit lease arrangements in Linden, New Jersey and Fairfield, California where the Company is considered the owner for accounting purposes, of which $62.1 million was included in Buildings as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. Costs incurred directly by the Company relating to these arrangements were $82.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

(2)

Construction in process includes all costs capitalized related to projects that have not yet been placed in service.

Depreciation and amortization related to the Company’s Property and equipment, net for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $34.5 million, $26.8 million, and $8.2 million, respectively.

The Company capitalized the cost of interest for construction projects related to build-to-suit lease arrangements based on the applicable capitalization rate for the project. Capitalized interest was $4.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017 total equipment financed under capital leases was $1.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively, with related accumulated depreciation of $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 depreciation expense related to property and equipment under capital leases was $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.3 million, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 the Company capitalized software development costs of $7.1 million, $5.8 million, and $3.2 million including share‑based compensation of $1.1 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the net book value of capitalized software development costs was $7.6 million and $5.3 million, respectively. Amortization expense for capitalized software development costs recognized in Depreciation and amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $4.9 million, $3.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

In July 2017, the Company approved a plan to transition all of its Jersey City fulfillment center operations to its fulfillment center in Linden. The Company concluded that this change in operations represented a triggering event with respect to its long-lived assets at the Jersey City facility and therefore performed an impairment test in accordance with ASC 360,  Property, Plant, and Equipment . The carrying amount of the Company’s long-lived assets at the Jersey City facility was $11.5 million and the fair value was $7.1 million as of the impairment date, resulting in an impairment of $4.4 million, primarily consisting of leasehold improvements and equipment. The fair value was primarily determined based on estimated market prices of the assets and represented a Level 3 valuation in the fair value hierarchy. In October 2017, upon completion of the transition to the Linden fulfillment center, the Company’s long-lived assets at the Jersey City facility have primarily been sold or relocated to the Company’s other fulfillment centers.

F-15


 

Table of Contents

As an additional step in the 2017 company-wide realignment discussed in Note 17, the Company performed a review of its real estate needs and decided to no longer pursue its planned build-out of the Fairfield facility. As a result, the Company is evaluating potential alternatives for the leased Fairfield property, which the Company took possession of in December 2017 upon completion of the building structure by the landlord. The Company performed an impairment test in accordance with ASC 360,  Property, Plant, and Equipment on its long-lived assets at the Fairfield facility resulting in an impairment of $3.2 million, primarily consisting of the building, leasehold improvements, and equipment. The fair value was primarily determined based on a third party appraisal for real property using the Income Capitalization Approach. Other methodologies were also considered by the Company in the valuation, including the Cost Approach and the Sales Approach. The valuation represented a Level 3 valuation in the fair value hierarchy.

6. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

(In thousands)

Accrued compensation

 

$

12,909

 

$

13,009

Accrued credits and refunds reserve

 

 

1,180

 

 

1,079

Accrued marketing expenses

 

 

6,027

 

 

5,739

Accrued shipping expenses

 

 

1,910

 

 

5,319

Other current liabilities

 

 

10,568

 

 

7,469

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

32,594

 

$

32,615

 

 

7. Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2018

 

2017

 

 

(In thousands)

Cash received prior to fulfillment

 

$

7,029

 

$

10,635

Gift cards, prepaid orders, and other

 

 

5,343

 

 

17,011

Deferred revenue

 

$

12,372

 

$

27,646

 

 

8. Long‑term Debt

Revolving Credit Facility

In August 2016, the Company entered into a revolving credit and guaranty agreement (the “revolving credit facility”) with a maximum amount available to borrow of $150.0 million. In May 2017 and June 2017, the Company executed amendments to the agreement that each increased the total commitment by $25.0 million, resulting in a total commitment of $200.0 million. In October 2018, the Company amended and refinanced the revolving credit facility to, among other things, reduce the maximum amount available to borrow to $85.0 million and extend the maturity date of the facility to February 2021. In connection with the refinancing, the Company repaid $41.4 million of indebtedness.

As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had $83.6 million and $125.0 million, respectively, in outstanding borrowings and $1.4 million in issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility. The remaining amount available to borrow as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 was $0.0 million and $73.6 million, respectively. The Company incurred and capitalized $0.5 million in deferred financing costs in long-term debt in connection with the revolving credit facility in August 2016. In conjunction with the refinancing, the Company incurred and capitalized $0.9 million in deferred financing costs in long-term debt , which will be amortized over the new term. As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the total unamortized deferred financing costs in long-term debt was $1.0 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

F-16


 

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, outstanding borrowings in long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

Maturity Date

 

2018

    

2017

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Revolving credit facility

 

February 2021

 

$

83,578

 

$

125,000

 

Weighted average interest rate

 

 

 

 

6.41

%

 

3.47

%

Prior to the credit facility refinancing, borrowings under the revolving credit facility bore interest, at the Company’s option, at (1) a base rate based on the highest of prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and an adjusted LIBOR rate for a one‑month interest period plus 1.00% (“the base rate”), plus in each case a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.00% or (2) an adjusted LIBOR rate (“the eurodollar rate”) plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00%, based on the Company’s total leverage ratio for the preceding four fiscal quarters and the Company’s status as a public or non‑public company . Subsequent to the credit facility refinancing, base rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the base rate plus 3.00% and eurodollar rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the eurodollar rate plus 4.00%.   As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $83.6 million and $120.0 million, respectively, outstanding under the revolving credit facility utilizing the eurodollar rate and $0.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively, utilizing the base rate. The Company is also obligated under the revolving credit facility to pay customary fees, including an unused commitment fee on undrawn amounts of 0.15%. The unused commitment fees were $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The obligations under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by the guarantor as defined in the revolving credit and guaranty agreement, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. Obligations under the revolving credit facility are secured by substantially all of the assets of the guarantor and its subsidiaries. The revolving credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness and liens, restrictions on affiliate transactions, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of collateral, and limitations on dividends and stock repurchases. The October 2018 amendment to the revolving credit facility made certain additional changes to affirmative and financial reporting covenants and various negative covenants restricting the activities of the Company and its subsidiaries. In addition, the revolving credit facility requires the Company to comply with certain additional financial covenants, including to maintain a minimum aggregate liquidity balance of $50.0 million and, in the event the Company has positive consolidated total net debt, maintain minimum quarterly consolidated adjusted EBITDA in excess of certain specified thresholds as defined in the revolving credit and guaranty agreement.  As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants under the revolving credit facility.

Convertible Note

In May 2017 and June 2017, the Company issued and sold $63.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes (the “convertible notes”). The total net proceeds from the convertible notes, after deducting initial debt issuance costs of $0.2 million, was approximately $64.4 million. The convertible notes were unsecured general obligations and were subordinated to all of the Company’s current or future senior debt, including indebtedness under the revolving credit facility. The convertible notes were set to mature on May 3, 2019 and bore interest at a rate of 3.5% per annum, compounded annually .  

At the issuance date, in accordance with accounting guidance on beneficial conversion features, the Company recorded the portion of the debt proceeds equal to the intrinsic value of the optional conversion feature upon maturity, and recorded $19.6 million as a beneficial conversion feature in stockholders’ equity. The Company also fair valued and bifurcated the automatic conversion features from the respective host debt instrument, and recorded a debt derivative of $15.4 million at date of issuance. The derivative liability was revalued at each reporting date with changes in fair value recorded as a component of Other income and expense. The resulting debt discount from the derivative liability and beneficial conversion feature was amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company incurred $2.3 million of interest expense related to amortization of debt discount and initial debt issuance costs prior to the note conversion.

F-17


 

Table of Contents

On July 5, 2017, upon the closing of the IPO, the outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on the convertible notes were automatically converted into 7,023,201 shares of Class B common stock. The conversion and settlement of the convertible notes, the outstanding principal, derivative, accrued interest, and discount resulted in a net loss of $(15.0) million recorded in Other income (expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2017. The fair value of the shares issued upon conversion is recorded in stockholders’ equity (deficit).

Facility Financing Obligation

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had a facility financing obligation of $71.7 million and $70.3 million, respectively, related to leased facilities in Linden and Fairfield under the build‑to‑suit accounting guidance. See Note 9 for further discussion.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease and Other Commitments

The Company leases fulfillment centers and office space under non‑cancelable operating lease arrangements that expire on various dates through 2028. These arrangements require the Company to pay certain operating expenses, such as taxes, repairs, and insurance, and contain renewal and escalation clauses. The Company recognizes rent expense under these arrangements on a straight‑line basis over the term of the lease. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017 deferred rent amounted to $6.0 million and $7.6 million, respectively, included in Other noncurrent liabilities and $0.8 million and $0.0 million, respectively, included in Other current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In addition, the Company leases certain equipment under capital lease arrangements that expire at various dates through 2023.

In 2018, the Company entered into agreements to sublease a portion of its corporate offices. The subleases continue through the duration of the Company’s existing leases and entitle the Company to future minimum sublease payments of approximately $5.3 million as of December 31, 2018.

In July 2017, the Company approved a plan to transition all of its Jersey City fulfillment center operations to its fulfillment center in Linden. The Company’s Jersey City facility was occupied pursuant to a sublease expiring in 2018 and a lease expiring in 2025. In October 2017, the Company terminated its sublease expiring in 2018 with no material termination costs. Additionally, in November 2017, the Company entered into an agreement to sublease the remainder of its Jersey City facility. The sublease continues through the duration of the Company’s existing lease for the facility and entitles the Company to future minimum sublease payments of approximately $5.0 million as of December 31, 2018. The Company has non-cancelable future minimum lease payments of approximately $4.6 million to the original lessor of the facility as of December 31, 2018.

In March 2016, the Company signed a lease for a fulfillment center in Linden and in August 2016 the Company signed a lease for a fulfillment center in Fairfield, which expire in 2026 and 2028, respectively. As a result of the nature of the Company’s involvement in the construction of these leased fulfillment centers, the Company is considered to be the owner during the construction period for accounting purposes. The Company follows build‑to‑suit accounting for these arrangements and capitalized the fair value of the buildings and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability. At the end of the construction period, the Company assessed whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under sale‑leaseback accounting guidance. Upon substantial completion of the construction phase of the new facilities in New Jersey and California in June 2017 and December 2017, respectively, the Company performed a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 840 –  Leases , to determine the appropriateness of removing the previously capitalized assets from the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company concluded that components of “continuing involvement” were evident as a result of this analysis, thereby failing the sale-leaseback tests which precludes the derecognition of the related assets from the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In conjunction with the leases, the Company also recorded a facility financing obligation equal to the fair market value of the assets received from the landlords. At the end of the lease terms, including exercise of any renewal options, the difference between the remaining facility financing obligation and the net carrying value of the fixed assets will be

F-18


 

Table of Contents

recognized as a non-cash gain or loss on sale of the properties. The Company does not report rent expense for the leases. Rather, rental payments under the leases are recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and interest expense and the associated assets capitalized throughout the construction projects are depreciated over the determined useful life.

As an additional step in the 2017 company-wide realignment discussed in Note 17, the Company performed a review of its real estate needs and decided to no longer pursue its planned build-out of the Fairfield facility. As a result, the Company is evaluating potential alternatives for the leased property, which the Company took possession of in December 2017 upon completion of the building structure by the landlord. The Company has future non-cancelable minimum lease payments of $36.9 million through 2028 as of December 31, 2018.

As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate future non‑cancelable minimum lease payments consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Capital

    

Build-to-Suit

    

Operating

Years Ended December 31:

 

Leases

 

Leases

 

Leases

 

 

(In thousands)

2019

 

$

241

 

$

4,798

 

$

10,900

2020

 

 

176

 

 

4,918

 

 

5,995

2021

 

 

41

 

 

5,041

 

 

5,916

2022

 

 

23

 

 

5,167

 

 

5,480

2023

 

 

 4

 

 

5,297

 

 

4,728

Thereafter

 

 

 —

 

 

19,911

 

 

11,289

 

 

$

485

 

$

45,132

 

$

44,308

Less: amount representing interest and taxes

 

 

(32)

 

 

 

 

 

  

Lease obligations net of interest and taxes

 

 

453

 

 

 

 

 

  

Less: current portion of capital lease obligations

 

 

(238)

 

 

 

 

 

  

Noncurrent portion of capital lease obligations

 

$

215

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

Rent expense was $10.3 million, $14.0 million and $10.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and is recognized in Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

As of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the current portion of the Company’s capital lease obligations is a component of Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the noncurrent portion of the Company’s capital lease obligations is a component of Other noncurrent liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Letters of Credit

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $3.1 million and $4.1 million, respectively, in letters of credit issued. The letters of credit serve as security primarily for fulfillment centers and office space leases entered into by the Company. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017 the letters of credit were collateralized by noncurrent restricted cash of $1.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017 the beneficiaries of the letters of credit had not drawn upon any of the letters of credit.

Legal Proceedings

The Company records accruals for loss contingencies associated with legal matters when it is probable that a liability will be incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. If the Company determines that a loss is reasonably possible, the Company discloses the matter, and, if estimable, the amount or range of the possible loss in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company is subject to a consolidated putative class action lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York alleging federal securities law violations in connection with the Company’s June 2017 initial public offering, or the IPO.  The amended complaint alleges that the Company and certain current and former officers

F-19


 

Table of Contents

and directors made material misstatements or omissions in the Company’s registration statement and prospectus that caused the stock price to drop.  Pursuant to a stipulated schedule entered by the parties, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint on May 21, 2018.  Plaintiffs filed a response on July 12, 2018 and defendants filed a reply on August 13, 2018. The motion to dismiss remains pending before the Court.  The Company is also subject to two putative class action lawsuits filed in New York Supreme Court alleging federal securities law violations in connection with the IPO, which are substantially similar to the above-referenced federal court action.  The parties have entered into stipulations staying the state court actions pending resolution of the motion to dismiss filed in the federal court action.  The Company is unable to provide any assurances as to the ultimate outcome of any of these lawsuits or that an adverse resolution of any of these lawsuits would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

The Company is subject to a shareholder derivative action filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery.  The plaintiff seeks a declaratory judgment challenging the validity of a provision of the Company’s restated certificate of incorporation that requires shareholders to bring claims under the Securities Act of 1933 solely in federal court.  On December 19, 2018, the Court entered summary judgment in favor of the plaintiff. The Company currently intends to appeal the Court’s ruling at the appropriate time. The Company is unable to provide any assurances as to the ultimate outcome of this lawsuit or that an adverse resolution of this lawsuit would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

The Company is subject to a lawsuit filed in California Superior Court under the Private Attorneys General Act (“PAGA”) on behalf of certain non-exempt employees in the Company’s Richmond, California fulfillment center.  The complaint was filed on October 16, 2017, and alleges that the Company failed to pay wages and overtime, provide required meal and rest breaks, provide suitable resting facilities and provide accurate wage statements, to non-exempt employees in violation of California law.  The parties are presently engaged in discovery in the PAGA case and were discussing mediation when plaintiffs’ counsel filed a separate class action lawsuit, also in California Superior Court, alleging largely the same claims, but covering a longer period. The Company has removed this subsequent case to federal court and believes that it is likely that the two cases will be consolidated.  The Company is currently unable to provide any assurances as to the ultimate outcome of these lawsuits or that adverse resolution of these lawsuits would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

On July 20, 2018, one of the Company’s suppliers, West Liberty Foods, L.L.C., (i) made an arbitration demand against the Company with JAMS, and (ii) together with certain related entities, filed a lawsuit against the Company in Iowa state court.  The arbitration demand alleges breach of contract, fraud, and other common law claims in connection with, among other things, a dispute under the supply agreement between the parties related to the purchase of certain beef and poultry inventory of the supplier.  The lawsuit, which has been removed to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Iowa, alleges breach of oral contract and other common law claims in connection with a purported agreement between the Company and the supplier relating to the supplier’s acquisition of another company. On December 28, 2018, the Court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the plaintiffs’ amended complaint. The parties are presently engaged in discovery in both the lawsuit and arbitration. The Company is currently unable to provide any assurances as to the ultimate outcome of this matter or that an adverse resolution of this matter would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Although the Company believes that it is reasonably possible that it may incur losses in these cases, the Company is currently unable to estimate the amount of such losses due to the early stages of the litigation, among other factors.

In addition, from time to time the Company may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of its business.  Although the results of such litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company currently believes that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

F-20


 

Table of Contents

Sales Tax

On June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court decided, in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. , that state and local jurisdictions may, at least in certain circumstances, enforce a sales and use tax collection obligation on remote vendors that have no physical presence in the jurisdiction.  A number of states have already begun, or have positioned themselves to begin, requiring sales and use tax collection by remote vendors and/or by online marketplaces.  The details and effective dates of these collection requirements vary from state to state. The Company is in the process of determining how and when its collection practices will need to change in other jurisdictions.  It is possible that one or more jurisdictions may assert that the Company has liability for periods for which it has not collected sales, use or other similar taxes, and if such an assertion or assertions were successful it could result in substantial tax liabilities, including for past sales as well as penalties and interest, which could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and operating results.

10. Common Stock

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., was incorporated in Delaware in December 2016 to enable Blue Apron, Inc. to implement a holding company organizational structure, effected by a merger conducted pursuant to Section 251(g) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as described below. The Company refers to this transaction as its “Corporate Reorganization.”

Immediately prior to the Corporate Reorganization, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. was a direct, wholly‑owned subsidiary of Blue Apron, Inc., and Blue Apron Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is referred to as “Merger Sub”, was a direct, wholly‑owned subsidiary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. Both Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and Merger Sub were organized for the sole purpose of implementing the Corporate Reorganization. In December 2016, Merger Sub merged with and into Blue Apron, Inc., with Blue Apron, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation. Each issued and outstanding share of common stock of Blue Apron, Inc. was converted into one share of common stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and each issued and outstanding share of preferred stock of Blue Apron, Inc. was converted into one share of preferred stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. The separate corporate existence of Merger Sub ceased and all of the issued and outstanding shares of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. owned by Blue Apron, Inc. were automatically canceled and retired. As a result of the Corporate Reorganization, each stockholder of Blue Apron, Inc. became a stockholder of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., holding the same proportional equity interests as immediately prior to the Corporate Reorganization, and Blue Apron, Inc. became a direct, wholly‑owned subsidiary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. were amended and restated in order to be identical to those of Blue Apron, Inc. prior to the Corporate Reorganization, and the initial directors and executive officers of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. were the same individuals who were directors and executive officers of Blue Apron, Inc. immediately prior to the Corporate Reorganization. In December 2016, immediately after the merger, Blue Apron, Inc. converted into Blue Apron, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. assumed the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as previously amended, and then amended and restated the plan in its entirety. The Company refers to the Restated Blue Apron, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as so amended and restated, as the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. also assumed Blue Apron, LLC’s obligations under the various investor agreements that had been entered into in connection with the Series D preferred stock financing of Blue Apron, Inc. in May 2015. The other liabilities of Blue Apron, LLC, including under its revolving credit facility, were not assumed by Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. in the Corporate Reorganization and therefore continue to be obligations of Blue Apron, LLC, and the assets of Blue Apron, LLC were not transferred to Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and continue to be assets of Blue Apron, LLC.

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, the Company also implemented a tri‑class capital structure consisting of two classes of voting common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and one class of non‑voting stock, Class C capital stock (“Class C common stock”). To implement the tri‑class capital structure, all then‑outstanding shares of common stock, having one vote per share, were reclassified into shares of Class B common stock, having ten votes per share, and all then‑outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for common stock became convertible or exercisable for Class B common stock. Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per

F-21


 

Table of Contents

share. Each outstanding share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, except for certain exceptions and permitted transfers, or other events as described in the Company’s restated certificate of incorporation.

In May 2017, the Company issued 42,687 shares of Class A common stock in exchange for an equal number of shares of outstanding Class C common stock and agreed to hold back an additional 10,285 shares of Class A common stock as security for potential claims for indemnification related to its acquisition of certain assets of BN Ranch, LLC, rather than an equal number of shares of Class C common stock. The acquisition hold back was settled in Class A common stock in June 2018.

In connection with the IPO, the Company’s board of directors adopted the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as discussed in Note 12. Additionally, in connection with the IPO, on July 5, 2017, the Company issued 30,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock converted into Class B common stock, as discussed in Note 11.

11. Convertible Preferred Stock

In connection with the IPO, on July 5, 2017, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock converted into Class B common stock. As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, authorized for issuance, with none issued or outstanding. The following table summarizes the Company’s authorized, issued and outstanding convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

  

 

  

Shares Issued

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Aggregate

  

 

 

 

Shares

 

and

 

 

 

 

Liquidation

 

Liquidation

 

Conversion

 

  

Authorized

  

Outstanding

  

Net Proceeds

  

Price Per Share

  

Preference

  

Price Per Share

Convertible Preferred Stock:

 

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

Series A

 

742,409

 

742,409

 

$

2,974

 

$

4.0751

 

$

3,025

 

$

0.0815

Series B

 

455,220

 

455,220

 

 

4,939

 

 

10.9837

 

 

5,000

 

 

0.2197

Series C

 

3,001,448

 

3,001,448

 

 

49,824

 

 

16.6586

 

 

50,000

 

 

3.3317

Series D

 

13,172,325

 

10,301,861

 

 

137,132

 

 

13.3269

 

 

137,292

 

 

13.3269

Convertible preferred stock

 

17,371,402

 

14,500,938

 

$

194,869

 

 

  

 

$

195,317

 

 

 

The Company recorded the convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. The Company classified its convertible preferred stock outside of Stockholders’ equity (deficit) because, in the event certain circumstances occurred in connection with certain liquidation events, the shares would become redeemable at the option of the holders. The Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed liquidation values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable at the balance sheet dates.

Prior to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into Class B common stock in connection with the IPO, the holders of the Company’s preferred stock had various rights, preferences, and privileges as follows:

Conversion Rights

Each share of the Company’s Series A convertible preferred stock (“Series A”), Series B convertible preferred stock (“Series B”), Series C convertible preferred stock (“Series C”), and Series D convertible preferred stock (“Series D”) was convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time and without the payment of additional consideration, into Class B common stock determined by dividing the original issue price by the applicable conversion price, as described below. The original issue price per share was $4.0751 for the Series A, $10.9837 for the Series B, $16.6586 for the Series C, and $13.3269 for the Series D (in each case, as adjusted for certain recapitalizations, splits, combinations, common stock dividends, or similar events). At December 31, 2016, the conversion prices per share were $0.0815 for the Series A, $0.2197 for the Series B, $3.3317 for the Series C, and $13.3269 for the Series D. As of

F-22


 

Table of Contents

December 31, 2016, at the conversion ratio, the Series A would have converted on a 50-for-1 basis into Class B common stock, the Series B would have converted on a 50-for-1 basis into Class B common stock, the Series C would have converted on a 5-for-1 basis into Class B common stock, and the Series D would have converted on a 1-for-1 basis into Class B common stock.

All of the Company’s shares of convertible preferred stock would automatically convert into Class B common stock at the respective conversion price effective immediately prior to the earlier of: (a) the closing of an underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock resulting in at least $50.0 million of gross proceeds to the Company and the listing of its common stock on an internationally recognized stock exchange, and (b) a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of the majority of the Company’s then outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis), provided, however, that the conversion of the Series C and Series D also required the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Series C and Series D, respectively.

Conversion Price Adjustments

The conversion price per share of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D would have been reduced if the Company issued additional stock or rights to acquire stock (subject to certain limitations) without consideration or for consideration per share less than the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D conversion price in effect for that series.

Voting Rights

Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes. Each holder of preferred stock was entitled to ten votes for each whole share of Class B common stock into which the shares of preferred stock held by such holder was convertible. The holders of the Series B, voting exclusively and as a separate class, had the right to elect one director. The holders of the Series C, voting exclusively and as a separate class, had the right to elect one director. The holders of the Class B common stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, had the right to elect four directors. The board of directors, by majority vote, had the right to elect the one remaining director.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, including a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of the Series D then outstanding were entitled to be paid out of the assets available for distribution to the Company’s stockholders, before any payment would be made to the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, or common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series D original issue price, plus any dividend declared but unpaid thereon, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series D been converted into Class B common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up (or such Deemed Liquidation Event).

After the payment of the liquidation amounts to the holders of Series D, the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series C then outstanding would be entitled to be paid on a pari passu basis out of the remaining assets available for distribution to the Company’s stockholders, before any payment was to be made to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the applicable original issue price, plus any dividend declared but unpaid thereon, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of the applicable series of Series A, Series B, and Series C had been converted into Class B common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up (or Deemed Liquidation Event). As of December 31, 2016, the liquidation amount was $4.0751 per share for the Series A, $10.9837 per share for the Series B, $16.6586 per share for the Series C, and $13.3269 per share for the Series D.

After the payment of the liquidation amounts to the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series C, the remaining assets available for distribution to the Company’s stockholders would be distributed among the holders of the common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

A “Deemed Liquidation Event” was defined for this purpose as any acquisition of the Company by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which the Company’s outstanding shares were exchanged for

F-23


 

Table of Contents

securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring corporation or its subsidiary (other than a reincorporation transaction) or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

Dividend Rights

The convertible preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends at a rate of $0.326 per annum for each share of Series A, $0.879 per annum for each share of Series B, $1.333 per annum for each share of Series C, and $1.06615 per annum for each share of Series D (in each case, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations, or the like). Such dividends were payable out of assets legally available therefore, were payable only when, as, and if declared by the board of directors and are not cumulative. No dividends were to be paid on the Series A, Series B, Series C, or common stock until the Series D received its dividend preference. After payment of the foregoing dividends to the holders of the Series D, no dividends were to be paid on the common stock until the Series A, Series B, and Series C received their dividend preference which would be distributed in proportion to the number of shares of Class B common stock that would be held by each stockholder if all shares of preferred stock were converted to Class B common stock. After the payment of the foregoing dividends to the holders of convertible preferred stock, any additional dividends declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available were to be shared equally among all outstanding shares on an as-converted basis. No dividends have been declared to date.

Redemption Rights

The Company’s convertible preferred stock did not contain any fixed or determinable redemption features, except in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event.

12. Share‑based Compensation

The Company recognized share-based compensation for share-based awards of $16.3 million, $11.3 million, and $3.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized $15.2 million and $10.6 million, respectively, in Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses and $1.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively, in Cost of goods sold, excluding Depreciation and amortization. For the year ended 2016, share-based compensation was primarily included in Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses.

Determination of Fair Value

The fair value of each stock option granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, except for a portion of the performance stock options and the Market Grant as discussed below, was estimated on the date of grant using the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

Expected term (in years)

6.00

 

3.49

  -  

6.12

 

5.85

  -  

6.93

 

Risk-free interest rate

2.71

%  

1.79

  -  

2.27

%  

1.28

  -  

2.19

%  

Expected volatility

51.34

%  

46.35

  -  

60.15

%  

49.83

  -  

60.37

%  

Dividend rate

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

The Company determined the assumptions for the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model as discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

Expected Term — The expected term represents the period that the share‑based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term of stock options granted has been determined using the simplified method, which uses the midpoint between the vesting date and the contractual term.

F-24


 

Table of Contents

Risk‑Free Interest Rate — The risk‑free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant for zero‑coupon U.S. Treasury constant maturity notes with terms approximately equal to the share‑based awards’ expected term.

Expected Volatility —   Prior to the Company’s initial public offering in July 2017, the Company did not have a trading history of its common stock. The expected volatility was derived from the average historical stock volatilities of several public companies within the Company’s industry that the Company considered to be comparable to the business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the share‑based awards. Since the initial public offering, the trading history of common stock is not yet commensurate with the expected term of the share‑based awards. The expected volatility has been derived using a combination the Company’s historical stock volatility, and the historical stock volatilities of several public companies within the Company’s industry that the Company considers to be comparable to the business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the share‑based awards.

Dividend Rate — The expected dividend is zero as the Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-09, the Company estimated its forfeiture rate based on an analysis of its actual forfeitures and evaluated the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. The impact from any forfeiture rate adjustment would be recognized in full in the period of adjustment and if the actual number of future forfeitures differed from the Company’s estimates, the Company assessed if an adjustment to share‑based compensation was necessary. Upon adoption of ASU 2016-09 as of January 1, 2018, the Company recognizes stock compensation expense with forfeitures recognized as they occur.

Performance Stock Options

In 2018, the Company granted options to purchase 2,341,881 shares of its Class A common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.97 to certain employees, including the Company’s executive officers. Such options are subject to vesting conditions that are tied to the achievement of certain stock price targets through June 30, 2020 and financial targets through December 31, 2019. A portion of the financial target options may, subject to certain conditions, accelerate in connection with a change in control event based on the time that has elapsed from the commencement of the applicable measurement period through the date of such change in control. The fair value of the financial target options was determined utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model resulting in a total grant date fair value of $1.9 million to be recognized as expense over the derived service period of approximately two years to the extent it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. The fair value of the stock price target options was determined utilizing the Monte Carlo simulation valuation model resulting in a total grant date fair value of $0.5 million to be recognized as expense over the derived service period of approximately two years.

Market Grant

In February 2016, the Company granted an option to purchase 481,123 shares of its Class B common stock with an exercise price of $62.35 to one of its executive officers (the “Market Grant”). In addition to the typical vesting requirements of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, this grant allows for acceleration of vesting including full and immediate vesting upon certain termination events. As this grant was determined to include a market condition, the Company utilized the Monte Carlo simulation valuation model to value the grant. The total grant date fair value of the Market Grant was $0.5 million and is recognized as expense over the derived service period of 5.7 years.

Equity Incentive Plan

In connection with the IPO, the Company’s board of directors adopted the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan for the purpose of granting incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other share-based awards to employees, directors, and consultants. Options may be granted at a price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value at the date of grant. If, at the time the Company grants an incentive stock option, the optionee owns stock that holds more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Company’s stock (“10% stockholder”), the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date.

F-25


 

Table of Contents

Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant, or five years from the date of grant for a 10% stockholder and generally vest over a period of four years.

In August 2012, the Company’s board of directors adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan for the purpose of granting incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to employees, directors, and consultants. Options may be granted at a price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value at the date of grant. If, at the time the Company grants an incentive stock option, the optionee owns stock that holds more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Company’s stock (“10% stockholder”), the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant, or five years from the date of grant for a 10% stockholder and generally vest over a period of four years. In August 2016, the Company’s stockholders approved an increase of 4,200,000 Class B common stock shares available in the Plan.

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization as discussed in Note 10, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. assumed Blue Apron, Inc.’s Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as previously amended, and then amended and restated the plan in its entirety. Following the assumption of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, outstanding options to purchase Blue Apron, Inc.’s common stock were automatically converted into options to purchase an equal number of shares of Class B common stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. with no change in the applicable exercise price, vesting schedule, or term. Upon completion of the Corporate Reorganization and adoption of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan , 47,656,712 shares of Class A and Class B common stock were reserved for issuance. Following the adoption and effectiveness of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, no additional awards have been granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

As of December 31, 2018, 27,313,223 shares of Class A common stock remained available for future grants under the 2017 Equity Plan. As of December 31, 2017, 20,612,395 shares of Class A common stock remained available for future grants under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2016, 2,689,682 Class B common stock shares remained available for future grants under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Under the 2017 Equity incentive plan an annual increase to the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable is added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 and continuing for each fiscal year until, and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2027. The increase is equal to the lesser of 10,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, 5% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C capital stock, and an amount determined by the Board of Directors.

Executive Serverance Benefits Plan

During 2018, the Company adopted an executive severance benefits plan covering certain designated eligible executive officers of the Company, which provides for, among other things, severance benefits upon certain termination events, including full accelerated vesting of the executive officer's unvested, time-based equity awards if such executive officer is terminated without cause, or terminates his or her employment for good reason, within 12 months following a change in control of the Company.

Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes outstanding restricted stock units, which were granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

of

 

Grant Date

 

 

Shares

    

Fair Value

Unvested — December 31, 2017

 

6,937,209

 

$

6.39

Granted

 

8,953,063

 

 

3.02

Vested

 

(2,601,116)

 

 

4.81

Forfeited / canceled

 

(6,073,717)

 

 

4.56

Unvested — December 31, 2018

 

7,215,439

 

$

4.31

F-26


 

Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, 2,601,116 and 263,265 shares of restricted stock units vested and were released to employees under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. These shares primarily vest over a period of four years. Compensation expense related to the restricted stock units is recognized using the grant date fair value recognized evenly over the service period.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the unrecognized share‑based compensation related to unvested restricted stock units was $26.2 million and $34.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, these costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.80 and 3.34 years. There were no restricted stock units outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes outstanding options, which were granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Equity Incentive Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

Weighted-

  

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

Average

 

Intrinsic

 

 

Number

 

Average

 

Remaining

 

Value of

 

 

of

 

Exercise

 

Contractual

 

Outstanding

 

    

Options

    

Price

    

Term

    

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Years)

 

(In thousands)

Outstanding — December 31, 2017

 

8,191,569

 

$

8.53

 

8.28

 

$

5,253

Granted

 

2,341,881

 

 

2.97

 

  

 

 

  

Exercised

 

(333,067)

 

 

0.77

 

  

 

 

  

Forfeited / canceled

 

(2,826,847)

 

 

5.42

 

  

 

 

  

Outstanding — December 31, 2018

 

7,373,536

 

$

8.31

 

4.76

 

$

331

Exercisable — December 31, 2018

 

4,283,434

 

$

8.99

 

5.13

 

$

331

The weighted‑average grant date fair value of options granted for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $ 0.98 , $4.84 and $2.29, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.7 million, $14.4 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The total grant date fair value of options vested for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $6.4 million, $11.2 million and $3.2 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 the Company received $0.3 million, $1.0 million, and $0. 4  million, respectively, from the exercise of share options granted under share‑based payment arrangements. There was no tax benefit realized from stock options exercised during these periods.

As of December 31, 2018, total unrecognized share‑based compensation related to unvested options was $7.1 million. As of December 31, 2017, and 2016, total unrecognized share-based compensation related to unvested options was $11.1 million, and $10.5 million, respectively, net of estimated forfeitures for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. As of December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, the weighted-average recognition period was 1.48 years, 2.75 years, and 3.17 years, respectively.

F-27


 

Table of Contents

Restricted Shares

The following table summarizes outstanding restricted shares, which were granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Number

 

Grant

 

 

of

 

Date Fair

 

 

Shares

    

Value

Unvested — December 31, 2017

 

28,750

 

$

3.47

Granted

 

 —

 

 

 —

Exercised

 

 —

 

 

 —

Forfeited / canceled

 

 —

 

 

 —

Vested

 

(15,000)

 

 

3.47

Unvested — December 31, 2018

 

13,750

 

$

3.47

In November 2015, the Company issued 60,000 shares of restricted stock to a nonemployee director of the Company. These shares vest over a period of four years. Compensation expense related to the restricted shares is recognized using the grant date fair value recognized evenly over the service period.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017 the unrecognized share‑based compensation related to unvested shares of restricted stock was $0.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Award Modifications

During 2017, the Company modified the vested stock options for employees terminated as part of the company-wide realignment in order to extend the exercise period from 90 days to 12 months after termination.  In addition, the Company modified the unvested equity awards of an executive of the Company to include accelerated vesting upon a change in control of the Company. These award modifications did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

13. Earnings per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.

Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares, including potential dilutive common shares assuming the dilutive effect of outstanding common stock options and convertible preferred stock. For periods in which the Company has reported net loss, diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, because dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Upon the closing of the Company’s IPO on July 5, 2017, all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock at the applicable conversion rates then in effect. Subsequent to the closing of the IPO, there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Accordingly, the two-class method is not applicable for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 as the participating securities had previously converted into Class B common stock.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company followed the two-class method when computing net income (loss) per share as the Company had issued shares that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per share for each class of common stock and participating securities

F-28


 

Table of Contents

according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. The Company’s convertible preferred stock did not contractually require the holders of such shares to participate in losses of the Company. Accordingly, the two-class method did not apply for periods in which the Company had reported a net loss.

For the year ended December 31, 201 8 , the Company did not have any outstanding shares of Class C common stock. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company did not have any outstanding shares of Class A or Class C common stock. The rights, including the liquidation and dividend rights, of the Class A, Class B, and Class C common stock are substantially the same, other than voting rights.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

2017

 

2016

 

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Class C

 

Class B

(in thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Net income (loss)

 

$

(40,135)

 

$

(82,014)

 

$

(25,675)

 

$

(184,452)

 

$

(16)

 

$

(54,886)

Undistributed earnings reallocated to convertible preferred stock

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(40,135)

 

$

(82,014)

 

$

(25,675)

 

$

(184,452)

 

$

(16)

 

$

(54,886)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—basic

 

 

63,309,251

 

 

129,369,663

 

 

15,645,852

 

 

112,401,537

 

 

9,941

 

 

65,425,609

Effect of dilutive securities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—diluted

 

 

63,309,251

 

 

129,369,663

 

 

15,645,852

 

 

112,401,537

 

 

9,941

 

 

65,425,609

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—basic (1)

 

$

(0.63)

 

$

(0.63)

 

$

(1.64)

 

$

(1.64)

 

$

(1.64)

 

$

(0.84)

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—diluted (1)

 

$

(0.63)

 

$

(0.63)

 

$

(1.64)

 

$

(1.64)

 

$

(1.64)

 

$

(0.84)


(1)

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — diluted may not recalculate due to rounding.

The following have been excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect would have been antidilutive:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

2017

    

2016

 

  

Class A

 

Class B

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Class C

 

Class B

Stock options

 

1,611,904

 

7,117,611

 

 —

 

10,162,118

 

 —

 

7,390,067

Restricted shares

 

 —

 

21,801

 

 —

 

36,801

 

 —

 

1,422,319

Restricted stock units

 

10,722,440

 

 —

 

3,235,209

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Convertible preferred stock

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

85,190,551

Total anti-dilutive securities

 

12,334,344

 

7,139,412

 

3,235,209

 

10,198,919

 

 —

 

94,002,937

 

 

F-29


 

Table of Contents

14. Income Taxes

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

(In thousands)

Current provisions for income taxes:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Federal

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

State

 

 

88

 

 

15

 

 

108

Total current

 

 

88

 

 

15

 

 

108

Deferred tax benefit:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Federal

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

State

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total deferred

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Provision for income taxes

 

$

88

 

$

15

 

$

108

 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Acts was enacted into law (the “U.S. Tax Act”). The U.S. Tax Act contains several key provisions including the reduction of the corporate income tax rate to 21% as well as a variety of other changes including the limitation of the tax deductibility of interest expense, acceleration of expensing of certain business assets, and reductions in the amount of executive pay that could qualify as a tax deduction. The Company reasonably estimated the effects of the U.S. Tax Act and recorded provisional amounts in our financial statements as of December 31, 2017. In 2018, the Company completed our determination of the accounting implications of the U.S. Tax Act and recorded no adjustments to the provisional amounts.

A reconciliation of the provisions (benefits) for income taxes to the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income (loss) before income taxes is shown as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

Tax at statutory federal rate

 

21.00

%  

35.00

%  

35.00

%  

State tax — net of federal benefit

 

(0.09)

%  

(0.03)

%  

(0.13)

%  

Change in valuation allowance

 

(20.29)

%  

(9.27)

%  

(37.71)

%  

Effect of U.S. tax law change

 

 —

%  

(21.52)

%  

 —

%  

Share-based compensation

 

(0.47)

%  

(1.63)

%  

(1.28)

%  

Charitable contributions

 

 —

%  

0.81

%  

3.47

%  

Convertible note

 

 —

%  

(2.88)

%  

 —

%  

Other

 

(0.22)

%  

(0.49)

%  

0.45

%  

Provision for income taxes

 

(0.07)

%  

(0.01)

%  

(0.20)

%  

 

F-30


 

Table of Contents

The tax effects of cumulative temporary differences that give rise to significant deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

(In thousands)

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Tax attribute carryforwards

 

$

92,837

 

$

68,364

Inventories

 

 

3,323

 

 

4,729

Accruals, reserves, and other

 

 

13,614

 

 

8,159

Gross deferred tax assets

 

 

109,774

 

 

81,252

Valuation allowance

 

 

(109,774)

 

 

(81,252)

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

 —

 

 —

Recognition of deferred tax assets is appropriate when realization of these assets is more likely than not. Each reporting period the Company assesses the recoverability of its deferred tax assets and are required to establish a valuation allowance for any portion of the assets that the Company concludes is not more likely than not realizable. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes the Company’s historical operating performance and the recorded cumulative net losses in prior fiscal periods, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $109.8 million and $81.3 million against the net U.S. deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The valuation allowance increased by $28.5 million and $24.9 million during 2018 and 2017, respectively. The increase in valuation allowance during 2018 is primarily a result of additional losses generated. The increase in valuation allowance during 2017 is primarily as a result of additional losses generated, net of the remeasurement of deferred tax assets based upon changes to the U.S. Corporate income tax rate.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $319.0 million and $195.2 million, respectively, and state net operating loss carryforwards of $143.7 million and $96.4 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforwards generated through the year ended December 31, 2017 may be subject to limitations under applicable tax laws and will expire at various dates beginning in 2033, if not utilized. The federal net operating loss carryforwards generated during the year ended December 31, 2018 may be subject to limitations under applicable tax laws and do not expire. The state net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to limitations under applicable tax laws and will expire at various dates beginning in 2033, if not utilized.

The Company’s tax attributes may be limited by the ownership provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result, if the Company experienced an “ownership change” during any three-year period, its use of these tax attributes may be limited. The Company has not performed a detailed analysis to determine if an ownership change has occurred.

Uncertain Tax Positions

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $1. 4  million and $1.6 million, respectively, none of which would materially impact the effective tax rate if realized during the year due to the Company’s full valuation allowance position. The Company’s policy for classifying interest and penalties associated with unrecognized income tax benefits is to include such items in the provision for income tax. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that a decrease of up to $1.2 million in unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the coming year.

F-31


 

Table of Contents

The activity related to the unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

(In thousands)

Gross unrecognized tax benefits—beginning balance

 

$

1,554

 

$

855

 

$

341

Increases related to tax positions taken in prior years

 

 

977

 

 

323

 

 

 —

Decreases related to tax positions taken in prior years

 

 

(377)

 

 

(1)

 

 

(12)

Increases related to tax positions taken during current year

 

 

 —

 

 

377

 

 

526

Decreases related to tax positions taken during the current year

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Decreases related to settlements

 

 

(787)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Gross unrecognized tax benefits—ending balance

 

$

1,367

 

$

1,554

 

$

855

 

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states. All tax years remain open and are subject to examinations by the appropriate governmental agencies in all of the jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns. Certain US federal income tax returns are currently under examination, the resolution of which is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. 

15. Fair Value Measurements

Financial Instruments

The fair value of financial instruments is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability at the balance sheet date. The Company uses observable market data when available, and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

The following are the major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1), significant other observable inputs (Level 2) and significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

 

 

(In thousands)

Financial Assets:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Money market accounts

 

$

88,509

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

88,509

Total financial assets

 

$

88,509

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

88,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

 

 

(In thousands)

Financial Assets:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Money market accounts

 

$

162,963

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

162,963

Total financial assets

 

$

162,963

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

162,963

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $88.5 million and $163.0 million, respectively, in financial assets held in money market accounts, all of which were classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. The Company measured the money market accounts at fair value. The Company classified its money market accounts as Level 1 because the values of these assets are determined using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 , the Company did not have net realized gains or losses related to its financial assets.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not have any assets or liabilities classified as Level 2 or Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

F-32


 

Table of Contents

Embedded Debt Derivative

In 2017, the Company issued and sold $64.6 million in principal amount of convertible promissory notes (the “convertible notes”). At issuance, the Company fair valued and bifurcated the automatic conversion features from the respective host debt instrument, and recorded a level 3 debt derivative of $15.4 million. To derive the fair value of the embedded derivative, the Company estimated the fair value of the convertible notes with and without the embedded derivative using a discounted cash flow approach. The difference between the “with” and “without” convertible note prices determined the fair value of the embedded derivative at issuance. Key inputs for this valuation were the stated interest rate of the convertible notes, the assumed cost of debt, assessment of the likelihood and timing of conversion, and the discount upon conversion of the notes into equity. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded a total gain of $6.0 million in Other income (expense), net due to the change in value of the derivative liability during the period.

On July 5, 2017, upon the closing of the IPO, the outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on the convertible notes were automatically converted into 7,023,201 shares of Class B common stock. Upon conversion and the settlement of the convertible notes, the derivative liability was reduced to $0.0 million. The loss recognized from the settlement of the convertible notes was $ 21.0 million in Other income (expense), net, resulting in a total net loss of $15.0 million on the extinguishment of the convertible notes during the year ended December 31, 2017 . During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2016, the Company had no derivative liabilities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3

Financial liabilities (in thousands)

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2016

 

$

 —

Issuance of convertible notes derivative

 

 

15,429

Change in fair value of derivative

 

 

(6,020)

Settlement of convertible notes

 

 

(9,409)

Balance — December 31, 2017

 

$

 —

 

Non-Financial Assets

 

Certain non-financial assets, such as long-lived assets, are only recorded at fair value if an impairment loss is recognized. Impairment losses recognized for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 were $0.0 million, $9.5 million, and $0.0 million, respectively. The following table presents non-financial assets that were measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis and the total impairment losses recorded during the year ended December 31, 2017 on those assets. Non-recurring fair value measurements for the year ended December 31, 2017 included the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value before impairment

    

Fair value
(Level 3)

 

Impairment Loss

Non-financial assets (in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-lived assets

$

51,602

 

$

42,146

 

$

9,456

 

See Note 5 for further discussion on the long-lived assets impairment losses.

 

 

16. Acquisition

In February 2017, the Company acquired certain assets of BN Ranch, LLC, a premium supplier of sustainable poultry, beef and lamb. The transaction has been accounted for as a purchase of a business. The purchase price was allocated to the tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. This acquisition did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-33


 

Table of Contents

17. Restructuring Costs

In November 2018, the Company implemented a workforce reduction to support its strategic priorities, which resulted in a reduction of approximately 4% of the Company’s total workforce. As a result, the Company recorded $2. 2 million in restructuring costs in Other operating expense, including employee-related expenses, primarily consisting of severance payments, substantially all of which will result in cash expenditures, and asset write offs related to abandoned capital projects. In October 2017, the Company implemented a company-wide realignment of personnel to support its strategic priorities. This realignment resulted in a reduction of approximately 6% of the Company’s total workforce across both the Company’s corporate offices and fulfillment centers. As a result of the realignment, the Company recorded $3. 1 million in employee-related expenses in Other operating expense, primarily consisting of severance payments, substantially all of which resulted in cash expenditures. The following table summarizes the activity for the employee-related expenses discussed above and the related accruals recorded in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee-Related Costs

 

 

(In thousands)

Balance — December 31, 2016

 

$

 —

Charges

 

 

3,100

Cash payments

 

 

(2,425)

Other

 

 

 —

Balance — December 31, 2017

 

$

675

Charges

 

 

1,600

Cash payments

 

 

(1,426)

Other

 

 

(134)

Balance — December 31, 2018

 

$

715

 

 

18. Subsequent Events

Lease Commitments

On January 29, 2019, the Company amended the lease related to its fulfillment center in Richmond, California to extend the lease term from May 31, 2019 to May 31, 2022. In connection with the lease amendment, the Company prepaid approximately $2.1 million of rent to cover the final six months of the lease term. The Company has non-cancelable future minimum lease payments of approximately $11.2 million .

Restructuring Costs

On January 30, 2019, the Company announced that it is transferring a substantial portion of the production volume from its Arlington, Texas fulfillment center to its Linden, New Jersey fulfillment center. The Company has notified employees at the Arlington Facility that it will be modifying production shift schedules in accordance with a sixty (60)-day transition plan, and the new schedules are expected to go into effect on or around April 1, 2019. The Arlington fulfillment center will continue to serve customers in several geographic regions.   The Company expects to incur approximately $1.0 million in restructuring costs, consisting of employee-related and other exit costs, which will primarily result in cash expenditures, in the first and second quarters of 2019 .  

 

 

F-34


 

Table of Contents

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at Beginning of Period

    

Charges to Costs and Expenses

 

Other

 

Reductions

 

Balance at End of Period

 

(In thousands)

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

$

81,252

 

$

 -

 

$

28,522

 

$

 -

 

$

109,774

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

 

56,354

 

 

 -

 

 

70,109

 

 

(45,211)

(1)

 

81,252

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

 

33,474

 

 

 -

 

 

22,880

 

 

 -

 

 

56,354

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory Valuation Reserve:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

$

3,057

 

$

3,241

 

$

 -

 

$

(4,733)

 

$

1,565

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

 

1,033

 

 

3,390

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,366)

 

 

3,057

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

 

758

 

 

1,422

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,147)

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credits and Refund Reserve:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

$

1,003

 

$

25,213

 

$

 -

 

$

(25,123)

 

$

1,094

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

 

1,235

 

 

32,072

 

 

 -

 

 

(32,304)

 

 

1,003

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

 

1,359

 

 

28,270

 

 

 -

 

 

(28,394)

 

 

1,235

 


(1)

The carrying value of the deferred tax assets is determined by the enacted US corporate federal and state income tax rate. The Company remeasured the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2017 based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is generally at the corporate income tax rate of 21%. This resulted in a $45.2 million decrease in the deferred tax assets and corresponding decrease to the valuation allowance.

 

 

F-35


Exhibit 10.11

 

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the “ Sixth Amendment ”), dated for reference purposes as of January 29, 2019 (the “ Effective Date ”) is made by and between DREISBACH ENTERPRISES, INC., a California corporation (hereinafter called “ Lessor ”), and BLUE APRON, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter called “ Lessee ”).

RECITALS:

A.        Lessor and Lessee (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation)  entered into that certain Lease dated July 15, 2013 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by (i) that certain First Amendment to Industrial Lease by and between Lessor and Lessee dated June 30, 2014 (the “ First Amendment ”), (ii) that certain Second Amendment to Lease by and between Lessor and Lessee dated June 29, 2015 (the “ Second Amendment ”), (iii) that certain Third Amendment to Lease by and between Lessor and Lessee dated April 25, 2016 (the “ Third Amendment ”), (iv) that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease by and between Lessor and Lessee dated May 31, 2016 (the “ Fourth Amendment ”), (v) that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease and Agreement to Renew by and between Lessor and Lessee dated June 1, 2016 (the “ Fifth Amendment ”) and (vi) various agreements to increase the parking areas (collectively with the Original Lease, First Amendment, Second Amendment, Third Amendment, Fourth Amendment and Fifth Amendment referred to herein as the “ Lease ”).

B.         Lessor and Lessee hereby desire to amend the Lease pursuant to the terms of this Sixth Amendment.

C.         All capitalized terms when used herein shall have the same meaning as is given such terms in the Lease unless expressly superseded by the terms contained herein.

AGREEMENT:

In consideration of the mutual agreements contained in this Lease, Lessor and Lessee agree as follows:

1.         Premises .  From and after the Effective Date, the word “Premises” set forth in the Lease shall be defined as follows:

“Certain premises within the building located at 3151 Regatta Boulevard, City of Richmond, County of Contra Costa, State of California (the “ Building ”) and certain parking areas adjacent to the Building, described as follows: (i) approximately 12,162 rentable square feet of refrigerated space, approximately 4,000 rentable square feet of office, bathrooms, and break room space, and approximately 11,942 rentable square feet of dry space, commonly known as Building B60 and the Dry Storage, Office, Refrigerated Storage, Utility, and Dock; (ii) approximately 14,105 rentable square feet of space located at 3151-F Regatta Boulevard, Richmond, California; (iii) approximately 19,830 rentable square feet of space commonly known as the “ Yard ”; (iv) approximately 32,610 rentable square feet of space commonly known as the “ Additional Yard ”;

1


 

(v) approximately 15,000 rentable square feet of cooler storage space (the “ Cooler Room ”); (vi) approximately 64,360 rentable square feet of dry storage space (the “ Expansion Premises ”); (vii) ” Additional Parking Areas ” consisting of approximately 71,766 rentable square feet; (viii) approximately 36,302 rentable square feet of warehouse space (the “ Additional Expansion Premises ”); and (ix) five (5) additional bays (each, a “ Bay ” and collectively, the “ Bays ”) of collectively approximately 7,500 rentable square feet, all of such premises described in (i)-(ix) which are located in or around the Building  (collectively, the “ Premises ”).”

Lessee shall have access to the Premises, Building, and “Common Areas” (as defined below) twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended hereby.

2.         Condition of the Premises .  Lessee hereby acknowledges that (1) Lessee is currently in possession of the Premises except for two (2) of the five (5) Bays (“ Remaining Bays ”), which Remaining Bays are depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto, and except as otherwise contained in  Section 23 of the Original Lease (as amended and restated by Section 17 of the Sixth Amendment), Lessee has accepted, and shall continue to accept the Premises (with the exception of the Remaining Bays) and Building in their respective “as is” condition as of the date of delivery thereof to Lessee, (2) subject to Section 7 of the Sixth Amendment, Lessor shall deliver to Lessee, and Lessee shall accept from Lessor, the Remaining Bays in their presently existing, “as-is” condition as of the date of delivery thereof to Lessee, and (3) except as otherwise contained in Section 23 of the Original Lease (as amended and restated by Section 17 of the Sixth Amendment), neither Lessor nor any agent of Lessor has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, Building and Common Areas or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Lessee’s business and Lessor shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises and Building.

3.         Term .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Term of the Lease for the entire Premises is extended to May 31, 2022 (the “ New Lease Expiration Date ”), and (ii) all references in the Lease to the end of the Lease term or Lease Expiration Date shall be replaced with the New Lease Expiration Date.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Lessee shall have no right to extend the Term beyond the New Lease Expiration Date.

4.         Rent Section 35 of the Original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, from and after the Effective Date the base rent (the “ Base Rent ”) for the Premises shall remain a “gross” amount including all taxes, insurance and operating expenses incurred or paid by Lessor, and shall include utilities for and maintenance of the Premises, except as expressly set forth in Section 25 of this Sixth Amendment with respect to the Meters (as defined therein).  The total monthly Base Rent (a) shall be Three Hundred Nineteen Thousand Eight Hundred Ninety-Three and 36/100ths Dollars ($319,893.36) for the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing until December 31, 2019, in lawful money of the United States of America, which Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor, without deduction or offset except as expressly set forth in the Lease, as amended hereby, at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by Lessor, and (b) shall be increased by three percent (3%) effective upon January 1, 2020 and each January 1st thereafter during the Term.  Notwithstanding

2


 

anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, from and after the Effective Date, Base Rent and all other amounts owed by Lessee to Lessor under the Lease, as amended hereby, shall collectively be referred to as “ Rent ”.

For the avoidance of doubt, the monthly Base Rent payable pursuant to the Lease for the Premises shall be as follows:

Period

Monthly Rent

Effective Date – December 31, 2019

$319,893.36

January 1, 2020 – December  31, 2020

$329,490.16

January 1, 2021 – December 31, 2021

$339,374.87

January 1, 2022 – May 31, 2022

$349,556.11

 

5.         Security Deposit .  Lessee has previously deposited with Lessor the sum of Two Hundred Twenty-Eight Thousand Eight Hundred Ninety-Six and 34/100ths Dollars ($228,896.34), as security for the faithful performance by Lessee of all of the terms and conditions of this Lease on the part of Lessee.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, so long as no Event of Default shall then be continuing, Lessor will return so much of the security deposit as Lessee is entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of the Lease, within ten (10) days after the New Lease Expiration Date or earlier termination of the Lease, as amended hereby, provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Lessor may, without notice to Lessee, but shall not be required to, apply all or any part of the security deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum due under the Lease upon the occurrence or during the continuance of an Event of Default, and Lessee shall, within ten (10) days following written demand therefor, restore the security deposit to its original amount.  To the extent this Section 5 conflicts with any provision of the Lease, this Section 5 shall control.

6.         Alterations or Additions .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, as of the Effective Date (i) the following words shall be deleted from the final sentence of Section 9 of the Original Lease: “or constitute any violation of any of Lessor’s obligations under the Master Lease”, and (ii) the following sentence shall be added to the end of Section 9 of the Original Lease:  “The parties acknowledge that Lessor shall have no obligation to comply with the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1980 et seq. with respect to any personal property that remains in the Premises after expiration of the Term or early termination of the Lease, and Lessee hereby waives any claims against Lessor in connection with Lessor’s failure to comply with such statutory provisions.”

7.         Possession of Remaining Bays .  Lessee agrees that in the event of the inability of Lessor to deliver to Lessee possession of the Remaining Bays on or before the Effective Date, Lessor shall not be liable for any damage caused thereby, nor shall the Lease, as amended hereby, be void or voidable, but Lessee shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent attributable to the Remaining Bays in the monthly amount of Three Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty-Two and 50/100ths Dollars ($3,862.50) per Bay (which amount shall be increased by three percent (3%) effective upon January 1, 2020 and each January 1st thereafter during the Term) until such time as Lessor delivers possession of the Remaining Bays to Lessee, which, provided Lessor uses commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the Remaining Bays to Lessee after they become available pursuant to the following sentence, shall be Lessee’s sole and exclusive remedy for any such delay or failure to

3


 

 

deliver the Remaining Bays by Lessor.  Lessor anticipates that the Remaining Bays will become available for delivery to Lessee during February, 2019, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the Remaining Bays to Lessee promptly following such occurrence pursuant to the terms of the Lease, as amended hereby.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 1 of this Sixth Amendment, the Remaining Bays shall not be a part of the Premises unless and until they are delivered to Lessee in accordance with the terms of this Section 7 , and the Term of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall not be extended by such delay.

8.         Insurance .

(a)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, including without limitation Section 11 of the Original Lease and Section B(5) of the Fifth Amendment, the limits of Lessee’s  “Commercial General Liability” policy of insurance shall be increased to an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence, with an annual aggregate of not less than $5,000,000 (including any umbrella policy) subject to the same terms, conditions and requirements set forth in Section B(5) of the Fifth Amendment.  Further notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, as of the Effective Date, the first (1 st ) sentence of the fourth (4 th ) paragraph of Section B(5) of the Fifth Amendment is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Without affecting other rights or remedies, each of Lessor and Lessee release and waive all rights of recovery against each other for losses, damages or injuries of any nature whatsoever to property or persons for which such party is required to be insured pursuant to the terms of the Lease.  For the purposes of the foregoing waiver of subrogation, Lessor shall be deemed “required to be insured” for “all risk” property insurance for the full replacement cost of the Building, consistent with the insurance that Master Lessor is required to obtain pursuant to the Master Lease.”

(b)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Original Lease, including without limitation Section 11 of the Lease and Section B(5) of the Fifth Amendment, as of the Effective Date the third (3 rd ) paragraph of Section B(5) of the Fifth Amendment is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Lessor shall maintain liability insurance in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee in amounts equal to or greater than the amounts required to be carried by Lessee.  Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.  Lessor shall enforce (i) its rights under the Master Lease to cause Master Lessor to maintain “all risk” property insurance for the full replacement cost of the Building, and (ii) the waiver of subrogation, following the occurrence of any damages to the Building, such that Lessee shall not be liable to Master Lessor or Lessor for losses, damages or injuries of any nature whatsoever to property or persons from any property loss which is insured or required to be insured by Master Lessor with respect to the Building.”

9.         Default .  As of the Effective Date, Section 13 of the Original Lease is amended and restated in its entirety, and replaced with the following:

4


 

 

“13.      Default.

13.1     Lessee Default.  Lessee shall be in default of its obligations under this Lease if any of the following events occurs (an “ Event of Default ”):

(a)        To the extent permitted by applicable “Laws” (as defined in Section 14 of the Original Lease, as amended by Section 10 of the Sixth Amendment) (i) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Lessee, unless possession is restored to Lessee or such guarantor within thirty (30) days; (ii) a general assignment by Lessee or any guarantor of this Lease for the benefit of creditors; (iii) any execution or other judicially authorized seizure of all or substantially all of Lessee’s assets located upon the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, unless such seizure is discharged within thirty (30) days; or (iv) any action taken or suffered by Lessee under any insolvency or bankruptcy act, or the taking of any corporate action in furtherance of bankruptcy or dissolution whether or not there exists any proceeding under any insolvency or bankruptcy Laws, unless in the case of an involuntary proceeding filed against Lessee or any guarantor the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days, or

(b)        Any failure by Lessee to pay any (i) Base Rent when due as herein provided within five (5) business days after delivery of notice from Lessor to Lessee of such past due Base Rent payment; provided, however, that no such notice shall be required after Lessee has been delinquent on two (2) payments of Base Rent after notice from Lessor in any twelve (12) month period, in which case Lessee’s failure to make such payment of Base Rent within five (5) business days of the due date shall be an Event of Default , or (ii) any additional or other charge or sum required to be paid under this Lease when due, unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after delivery of notice from Lessor to Lessee of such past due amount, or

(c)        Except with respect to any defaults pursuant to Section 13.1(a) ,   Section 13.1(b) and Section 13.1(d) , any failure by Lessee to observe or perform any provision, covenant, or condition herein provided to be kept or performed by Lessee where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Lessor to Lessee; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Lessee shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default, or

(d)        Lessee shall have failed to deliver (or provide comments to) the documents in the time periods required of it pursuant to Section 15 or Section 20 of the Original Lease, as amended, within an additional five (5) business days after written notice from Lessor of Lessee’s failure to comply within the referenced time periods.”

13.2     Lessor Default.  Lessor shall be in default under this Lease if (i) Lessor fails to observe or perform any provision, covenant, or condition required

5


 

 

to be kept or performed by Lessor pursuant to the terms of this Lease, where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Lessee to Lessor; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Lessor shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default, or (ii) Lessor shall have failed to deliver (or provide comments to) the documents in the time periods required of it pursuant to Section 20  of the Original Lease, as amended, within an additional five (5) business days after written notice from Lessee of Lessor’s failure to comply within the referenced time periods.  The parties acknowledge that Lessor’s failure to pay any monetary obligations owed to Lessee shall not in any event allow any extension of the initial thirty (30) day cure period set forth above.  Any final award, which is not subject to appeal, from a court or arbitrator in favor of Lessee requiring payment by Lessor under this Lease which is not paid by Lessor within the time period directed by such award (together with interest at the interest rate set forth in Section 18 of this Lease from the date Lessor was required to pay such amount until such offset occurs), may be offset by Lessee from Rent next due and payable under this Lease.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, in the event this Lease is terminated as a result of Lessor’s default, Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for any Prepaid Rent in excess of the Rent due and payable by Lessee to Lessor through and including such early termination date, if any, within ten (10) business days of such termination.”

10.       Remedies Upon Default .  As of the Effective Date, Section 14 of the Lease is amended and restated in its entirety, and replaced with the following:

“14.      Remedies Upon Default.  If an Event of Default occurs Lessor shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by any laws, statutes, ordinances or other governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereinafter be in force (collectively, “ Laws ”), or as otherwise provided in this Lease (but subject to any limitations or waivers expressly set forth in the Lease), to which Lessor may resort cumulatively or in the alternative:

14.1     Continue.  Lessor may keep this Lease in effect and enforce by an action at law or in equity all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including (i) the right to recover Rent and other sums as they become due by appropriate legal action, (ii) the right to make payments required of Lessee or perform Lessee’s obligations and be reimbursed by Lessee for the cost thereof with interest at the interest rate set forth in Section 18 of the Original Lease from the date the sum is paid by Lessor until Lessor is reimbursed by Lessee.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease, in the event of a breach of an obligation by Lessee which results in a condition which poses an imminent danger to safety of persons or damage to property or a threat to insurance coverage, then if Lessee does not cure such breach within five (5) business days after delivery to it of written notice from Lessor identifying the breach, Lessor may cure the breach of Lessee and be reimbursed by Lessee for the actual and reasonable cost thereof with interest at the

6


 

 

interest rate set forth in Section 18 of the Original Lease from the date the sum is paid by Lessor until Lessor is reimbursed by Lessee.  Should Lessor not terminate this Lease by giving Lessee written notice, Lessor may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as it becomes due under the Lease as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.4.

14.2     Enter and Relet.  Lessor may enter the Premises and release them to third parties for Lessee’s account for any period, whether shorter or longer than the remaining Term.  Lessee shall be liable to Lessor in accordance with all Laws for all reasonable and customary costs Lessor actually incurs in releasing the Premises, and shall pay such amounts to Lessor within thirty (30) days of Lessor’s delivery of a demand therefore, provided that Lessor shall also deliver supporting invoices and documentation.  Lessee shall pay to Lessor the rent and other sums due under this Lease on the date the rent is due, less the rent and other sums Lessor received from any releasing.  No act by Lessor allowed by this Section 14.2 shall terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee in writing that Lessor elects to terminate this Lease.  Notwithstanding any releasing without termination, Lessor may later elect to terminate this Lease because of the default by Lessee.

14.3     Terminate.  Lessor may terminate this Lease by giving Lessee written notice of termination, in which event this Lease shall terminate on the date set forth for termination in such notice. Any termination under this Section 14.3 shall not relieve Lessee from its obligation to pay sums then due Lessor or from any claim against Lessee for damages or rent previously accrued or then accruing.  In no event shall any one or more of the following actions by Lessor, in the absence of a written election by Lessor to terminate this Lease, constitute a termination of this Lease:  (i) appointment of a receiver or keeper in order to protect Lessor’s interest hereunder; (ii) consent to any subletting of the Premises or assignment of this Lease by Lessee, whether pursuant to the provisions hereof or otherwise; or (iii) any other action by Lessor intended to mitigate the adverse effects of any breach of this Lease by Lessee, including without limitation any action taken to maintain and preserve the Premises or any action taken to relet the Premises or any portions thereof to the extent such actions do not affect a termination of Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises.

14.4     No Deemed Termination.  In the event Lessee breaches this Lease and abandons the Premises, this Lease shall not terminate unless Lessor gives Lessee written notice of its election to so terminate this Lease.  No act by or on behalf of Lessor intended to mitigate the adverse effect of such breach, including those described by Section 14.3 , shall constitute a termination of Lessee’s right to possession unless Lessor gives Lessee written notice of termination.

14.5     Damages.  Lessor shall have the right to terminate this Lease, in which event Lessee shall immediately surrender the Premises to Lessor, and if Lessee fails to do so, Lessor may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Lessee and any other person who may be

7


 

 

occupying the Premises or any part thereof in accordance with applicable Laws; and Lessor may recover from Lessee the following:

(a)        The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b)        The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c)        The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(d)        Any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to all reasonable and customary costs permitted by Laws incurred by Lessor in connection with the releasing of the Premises (which costs shall include, to the extent demonstrably incurred by Lessor, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new Lessee, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new Lessee); and

(e)        At Lessor’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable Laws.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 14.5 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Lessee pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Lessor or to others.  As used in Section 14.5(a) and Section 14.5(b) , above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the interest rate set forth in Section 18 of the Original Lease, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law.  As used in Section 14.5(c) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

14.6     Nothing in this Section 14 shall limit Lessor’s right to indemnification from Lessee as provided in Section 11 of the Original Lease, as amended by Section B(4) of the Fifth Amendment.”

11.       Estoppels .  As of the Effective Date, Section 20 of the Original Lease is amended and restated in its entirety, and replaced with the following:

“20.      Estoppels.

8


 

 

20.1     Lessee Estoppel.  At all times during the Term, Lessee agrees, following any request by Lessor, promptly to execute (or provide comments to) and deliver to Lessor within ten (10) days following delivery of such request, an estoppel certificate:  (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect, (ii) stating the date to which Base Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (iii) acknowledging that there are not, to Lessee’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Lessor hereunder or, if there are uncured defaults, specifying the nature of such defaults, and (iv) certifying such other factual information about the Lease as may be reasonably required by Lessor.  If Lessee fails to respond to Lessor’s request for an estoppel within ten (10) days, Lessor may send a second (2nd) notice to Lessee, which notice must contain the following inscription, in bold faced letter: “ SECOND NOTICE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 20.1 OF LEASE — FAILURE TO TIMELY RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN DEEMED ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF ESTOPPEL CONTENTS ”.  If Lessee fails to provide comments or the executed estoppel within such five (5) business day period, such failure shall be deemed to be a conclusive admission that, as of the date of the request for such statement, the information contained in such statement is accurate.  Lessee agrees that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section 20.1 may be relied upon by any actual or potential purchaser, affiliate, lender or investor of Lessor.  At any time during the Term, Lessee, upon fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice from Lessor, shall provide its most recent financial statement and financial statements covering the twenty-four (24) month period prior to the date of such most recent financial statement to any existing lender or to any potential lender or buyer of the Premises.  Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of the entities and persons comprising Lessee, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant; provided however, Lessee shall have no such requirement to deliver financial statements in the event Lessee’s financial statements are consolidated with the financial statements of Lessee’s publicly traded affiliate and such publicly traded affiliate’s financial statements are publicly available to Lessor.”

20.2     Lessor Estoppel.  At all times during the Term, Lessor agrees, following any request by Lessee, promptly to execute (or provide comments to) and deliver to Lessee within ten (10) days following delivery of such request, an estoppel certificate: (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect, (ii) stating the date to which Base Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (iii) acknowledging that there are not, to Lessor’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Lessee hereunder or, if there are uncured defaults, specifying the nature of such defaults, and (iv) certifying such other factual information about the Lease as may be reasonably required by Lessee.  If Lessor fails to respond to Lessee’s request for an estoppel within ten (10) days, Lessee may send a second (2nd) notice to Lessor,

9


 

 

which notice must contain the following inscription, in bold faced letter: “ SECOND NOTICE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 20.2 OF LEASE — FAILURE TO TIMELY RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN DEEMED ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF ESTOPPEL CONTENTS ”.  If Lessor fails to provide comments or the executed estoppel within such five (5) business day period, such failure shall be deemed to be a conclusive admission that, as of the date of the request for such statement, the information contained in such statement is accurate.  Lessor agrees that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section 20.2 may be relied upon by any actual or potential purchaser, assignee, sublessee, affiliate, lender or investor of Lessee, provided that nothing contained herein shall modify any of Lessee’s obligations under Section 10 of the Original Lease.”

12.        Free of Liens .  As of the Effective Date, Section 16 of the Original Lease is amended and restated in its entirety, and replaced with the following:

“16.      Free of Liens.  Lessee shall keep the Premises, and the property in which the Premises are situated, free of liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Lessee, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Lessor harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith, and give Lessor notice at least ten (10) business days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable Laws) to afford Lessor the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility.”

13.        Transfers .  As of the Effective Date, the first paragraph of Section 10 of the Original Lease is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“10.      Assignment.  Lessee shall not assign or transfer this Lease, or any right hereunder, nor sublet the Premises herein leased, or any part thereof, without the prior written consent of Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  If Lessor fails to respond to Lessee’s request for consent to any proposed transfer within ten (10) days after Lessee’s  request, Lessee may send a second (2nd) notice to Lessor, which notice must contain the following inscription, in bold faced letter: “ SECOND NOTICE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 10 OF LEASE — FAILURE TO TIMELY RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN DEEMED APPROVAL OF ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE ”.  If Lessor fails to respond to such second request within such five (5) business day period, Lessor shall be deemed to have approved the transfer as set forth in Lessee’s notice.  Any attempted assignment, transfer or subletting without such consent shall be void.  No consent to any assignment of the Lease, or any subletting of the Premises, shall constitute a waiver or discharge of the provisions of this Section 10 .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor’s consent to an assignment or subletting shall not be required if it occurs in connection with a merger, consolidation, change

10


 

 

of control or sale of all or substantially all of Lessee’s assets or equity interest, or if the assignee or sublessee controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Lessee.”

14.        Common Areas .  As of the Effective Date, Section 21 of the Original Lease is amended and restated in its entirety, and replaced with the following:

“21.      Common Areas.  Lessee shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Building, and subject to Lessor’s and/or Master Lessor’s reasonably promulgated rules and regulations, those portions of the Building which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Lessor and other tenants of the Building (such areas are collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Areas ”), and Lessee agrees to keep these areas unobstructed and in good order and condition at all times.  Lessee covenants and agrees that Lessee shall, and shall cause any employees, invitees and agents to comply with all rules and regulations now or hereafter promulgated by Lessor with respect to the Common Areas, and all Laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Premises, including, without limitation, any such Laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by applicable Laws.  Lessee shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Common Areas which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or the Premises or injure or annoy them, or use or allow the Common Areas to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Lessee cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Common Areas.  No materials, supplies, tanks or containers, equipment, finished products or semi-finished products, raw materials, inoperable vehicles or articles of any nature shall be stored upon or permitted to remain outside of the Premises without the prior written consent of Lessor, which approval may be withheld and exercised in Lessor’s sole and absolute discretion.”

15.       CASp .  For purposes of Section 1938(a) of the California Civil Code, Lessor hereby discloses to Lessee, and Lessee hereby acknowledges, that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp).  As required by Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code, Lessor hereby states as follows:

“A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law.  Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant.  The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making

11


 

 

any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.”

In furtherance of the foregoing, Lessor and Lessee hereby agree as follows: (a) any CASp inspection requested by Lessee shall be conducted, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, by a CASp designated by Lessor, and (b) the parties shall mutually coordinate and reasonably approve of the timing of any such CASp inspection so that Lessor and/or Master Lessor may, at its option, have a representative present during such inspection, and (c) Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for making any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards disclosed by such CASp inspection in accordance with all applicable Laws; and, if anything done by or for Lessee in its use or occupancy of the Premises shall require any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs to the Building (outside the Premises) to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards disclosed by such Lessee requested CASp inspection, then Lessee shall, at Lessor’s option, either (i) perform such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, or (ii) reimburse Lessor within thirty (30) days of demand, as Rent, for the out-of-pocket cost to Lessor of performing such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs , but only to the extent such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs are required by applicable Laws to correct such violations .

16.       Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Section 15 of the Original Lease is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“15.      Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment.  Lessee agrees that this Lease is and shall be subject to and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument of security (each, a “ Security Instrument ”) which has been or shall be placed on the land or Building of which the Premises form a part, and Lessor’s leasehold interest under the Master Lease, and this subordination is hereby made effective without any further act of Lessee, provided that with respect to any Security Instrument securing Lessor’s leasehold interest under the Master Lease, Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a commercially reasonable subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (each, a “ SNDA ”) in the form provided by the holder of any such Security Instrument (each, a “ Holder ”) to evidence such subordination, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense not to exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) (exclusive of costs, expenses and attorney's fees incurred by Lessee, all of which shall be at Lessee's sole cost an expense), which SNDA shall provide that, subject to Lessee’s compliance with the terms of this Lease and the SNDA, this Lease will not be terminated, and shall continue in full force and effect subject to the terms of the SNDA, following any foreclosure or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure.  Lessor shall enforce its right to obtain non-disturbance protection under the Master Lease for any Security Instruments.  Lessee shall, at any time hereinafter, on demand, execute (or provide comments to, prior to execution) any commercially reasonable instruments, releases or other documents that may be reasonably required by any Holder under any Security Instrument with respect to such subordination.  Lessor shall not terminate any SNDA encumbering the Premises to which it is a party, or amend any SNDA in a manner that would adversely impact Lessee or eliminate the non-disturbance protection thereunder,

12


 

 

without Lessee’s consent, in its sole and absolute discretion, unless the Security Instrument shall be terminated due to a reconveyance, foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.  To Lessor’s actual knowledge, as of the Effective Date of the Sixth Amendment (a) the only Security Instruments affecting the Premises are the “Security Documents” (as defined in the 2014 SNDA (as defined below)), and (b) that certain Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement dated December 23, 2014 and recorded as Document Number 2014-0228263-00 in the Official Records of Contra Costa County (the “ 2014 SNDA ”) with respect to such Security Instruments is in full force and effect.”

17.       Governmental Regulations .  As of the Effective Date, Section 23 of the Original Lease is amended and restated in its entirety, and replaced with the following:

“23.      Governmental Regulations. Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all Laws, statutes, ordinances and other governmental requirements of all governmental authorities now in force, or which may hereinafter be in force, pertaining (i) solely to Lessee’s particular manner of use of the Premises, and (ii) to any alterations or improvements constructed or performed by or on behalf of Lessee in the Premises, and Lessee shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which would in any way conflict with any such Laws, statutes, ordinances and/or other governmental requirements.  The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Lessee in any action or proceeding against Lessee, whether Lessor be a party hereto or not, that Lessee has violated any such ordinance or statute in the use of the Premises, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Lessor and Lessee, subject to Lessee’s right to appeal any such judgment.  Subject to the foregoing, Lessor shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for compliance with all Laws, statutes, ordinances and other governmental requirements of all governmental authorities now in force, or which may hereinafter be in force, and for making all alterations required by Laws, to: (i) structural portions of the Premises and Building, but not including any improvements or any alterations installed by or on behalf of Lessee; (ii) those portions of the Building located outside the Premises; and (iii) the Premises to the extent not the responsibility of Lessee hereunder; provided, however, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor within thirty (30) days after invoice, for the reasonable and actual costs of any such compliance costs to the extent necessitated by or resulting from (A) any alterations or improvements installed by or on behalf of Lessee, (B) the negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee or its agents, employees or contractors, and/or (C) Lessee’s specific manner of use of the Premises (as distinguished from the use of a customary cold storage tenant).”

18.       Destruction of the Premises .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, as of the Effective Date the following sentence shall be added to the end of the first paragraph of Section 26 of the Lease:  “Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, in the event this Lease is terminated pursuant to the express termination right pursuant to this Section 26 , and provided that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing at the time of such termination, Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for any Prepaid Rent in excess of the Rent due and payable by Lessee to Lessor through and including such early termination date, if any, within ten (10) business days of such termination.”

13


 

19.        Condemnation .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, as of the Effective Date the following sentence shall be added to the end of Section 28 of the Original Lease:  “Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, in the event this Lease is terminated pursuant to this Section 28 , and provided that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing at the time of such termination, Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for any Prepaid Rent in excess of the Rent due and payable by Lessee to Lessor through and including such early termination date, if any, within ten (10) business days of such termination.”

20.       Notices .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, the parties hereby notify each other that their respective notice addresses for delivering notices pursuant to Section 31 of the Original Lease are as follows:

If to Lessor:

Dreisbach Enterprises, Inc.
575 Maritime Street

Oakland, California 94607

Attn: Jason Dreisbach
Fax: 510-534-2316

With a copy to:

Dreisbach Enterprises, Inc.
575 Maritime Street

Oakland, California 94607

Attn: Amy Bull
Fax: 510-534-2316

With a copy to:

Allen, Matkins, Leck, Gamble, Mallory & Natsis LLP
1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800
Los Angeles, California 90067
Attn: Alain M. R’bibo, Esq.

If to Lessee:

Blue Apron, LLC
40 West 23
rd Street, 5 th Floor
New York, New York 10010

Attn: Legal Department

With a copy to:

Paul Hastings LLP
101 California Street, 48
th Floor
San Francisco, California 94111
Attn: Stephen I. Berkman, Esq.

 

21.       Master Lease .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, as of the Effective Date Section 36 of the Original Lease, Section 6 of the First Amendment, Section 8 of the Second Amendment, Section 4 of the Third Amendment, Section 4 of the Fourth

14


 

Amendment, and Section C(2) of the Fifth Amendment, are each deleted in their entirety.  As of the Effective Date, Lessor represents and warrants that (i) it is the lessee under a “ Master Lease ” for the Premises and other premises with Stephens & Stephens (Regatta), LLC, and DF/Hilltop Sub 1, LLC, collectively, as “ Master Lessor ”, and that Lessor has been the lessee under the Master Lease for the entirety of the Lease Term, (ii) the term of the Master Lease expires on December 23, 2031, and (iii) to Lessor’s actual knowledge (as defined in Section 25 of this Sixth Amendment), there are no defaults thereunder by Lessor or Master Lessor that remain uncured, (iv) Master Lessor has actual knowledge of the existence of the Lease, and shall not require a written consent in connection with the execution and delivery of this Sixth Amendment, and (v) there are no other ground leases encumbering the Premises or Building.  Lessor covenants that it shall (a) not terminate the Master Lease, or amend the Master Lease in a manner that would materially and adversely affect Lessee’s rights under the Lease, without the consent of Lessee in its sole and absolute discretion, (b) not cause Master Lessor to terminate the Master Lease as result of a breach or default by Lessor under the Master Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, and (c) provide Lessee with copies of written notices of any breach or default received or delivered by Lessor under the Master Lease.  Lessor shall use commercially reasonably efforts to obtain, within ninety (90) days of the Effective Date, a recognition agreement (the “ Recognition Agreement ”) executed by the Master Lessor in favor of Lessee, which Recognition Agreement shall provide that, in the event the Master Lease is terminated, Master Lessor shall recognize this Lease as a direct lease between Master Lessor and Lessee and not disturb Lessee’s possession of the Premises due to such termination; provided however, Lessee acknowledges and agrees that Master Lessor shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether or not to execute such Recognition Agreement.

22.       Conflict, No Further Modification .  In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of the Lease and the terms and provisions of this Sixth Amendment, the terms and provisions of this Sixth Amendment shall prevail.  Except as specifically set forth in this Sixth Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

23.       Counterparts .  This Sixth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed, shall be an original, and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument as if all parties hereto had executed the same instrument; and any party or signatory hereto may execute this Sixth Amendment  by signing any such counterpart.

24.       Use Exclusivity .  Provided Lessee is open and operating in at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Premises for the permitted use set forth in Section 1(b) of the Original Lease, and no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Lease, as amended hereby, Lessor shall not lease or license any other space in the Building, or consent to the assignment or sublease of any other space in the Building (to the extent Lessor has the right to withhold its consent, and such denial would not be unreasonable) to any entity, or any business whose primary business is selling boxed-meals or recipes and/or the pre-portioned ingredient kits to prepare such meals or recipes; provided however, the foregoing restriction shall not: (1) prevent Lessor from storing product for any of its customers, (2) prevent Lessor from storing ice packs for meal kit companies, (3) in any way limit third party logistics services Lessor desires to provide in its sole discretion or (4) apply to any existing tenants (or any subsequent assignees, sublessees, licensees or other

15


 

occupants of such existing tenants).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Lessor shall not be deemed to be in violation of this Section 24 to the extent an unpermitted Building tenant ( i.e. , a tenant for which the foregoing item (4) does not apply) commences a use in violation of the terms of its lease and Lessee’s exclusive use protection hereunder (hereinafter, a “ Rogue Tenant ”) to the extent Lessor, within thirty (30) days after receiving written notice or upon Lessor’s actual knowledge of such violation, takes commercially reasonable steps to enforce the terms of such Rogue Tenant’s lease (provided Lessor has such enforcement rights under such lease) such that the violating use shall cease.

25.       Additional Electricity .  Lessee shall be responsible, as Rent, for the payment of electricity in the amount registered on meters 1007074819 and 1010086991 in the Building (collectively, the “ Meters ”).  Lessee shall pay the electricity charges as determined by the Meters to Lessor within thirty (30) days of receipt of an invoice from Lessor therefor, which invoice shall be accompanied by any invoice, documents or information relating to the Meters from the utility company.  To the Lessor’s actual knowledge, no other persons or entities (including Lessor or any other tenants of the Building) use electricity that would be measured on said Meters.  Lessee reserves the right to discontinue service of one or both of the Meters at any time following thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of cancellation and Lessee shall only be responsible for such electrical charges until the date of discontinued service of one or both Meters.  For purposes of this Lease, as amended hereby, Lessor’s  “ actual knowledge ” shall be deemed to be the actual knowledge of (i) Jason Dreisbach, or (ii) if Jason Dreisbach is no longer affiliated with Lessor, the individual with the most knowledge of Lessor’s operations and the Building, in the case of either of the foregoing (i) and (ii) without duty of investigation or inquiry.

26.       Prepaid Rent .  Lessee has prepaid to Lessor Rent for the last six (6) months of the Term in the amount of Two Million Eighty-Seven Thousand One Hundred Fifty-Five and 42/100ths Dollars ($2,087,155.42) (the “ Prepaid Rent ”), which amount was earned by Lessor upon receipt.  If the Lease remains in full force and effect through the end of the Term, Lessee shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent for the remaining portion of the Term in the amount of the Prepaid Rent which the parties anticipate will be the final six (6) months of the Term.

27.       Removal of Additional Yard .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, as amended hereby, as of the Effective Date Section 5 of the First Amendment is deleted in its entirety and of no further force or effect.  Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, Lessee shall have the right to exclude the Additional Yard (as described above) from the Premises and from the Lease by providing no less than thirty (30) days’ written notice of such election to Lessor.  Such notice shall identify the effective date of such exclusion and on such effective date: (i) the Additional Yard shall be deemed excluded from the Premises (it being understood that the Premises shall thereafter be deemed to exclude the Additional Yard) and Lessee shall have no continuing liability under the Lease, as amended hereby, with respect to the Additional Yard from and after such effective date (provided that Lessee shall remain liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities and obligations occurring prior to such effective date), and (ii) the Base Rent payable with respect to the Premises thereafter shall be reduced by $3,459.59 per month (which reduced amount shall be increased by three percent (3%) effective upon January 1, 2020 and each January 1st thereafter during the Term.

16


 

28.       No Brokers .  Lessor and Lessee hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Sixth Amendment, and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Sixth Amendment.  Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent.  The terms of this Section 28 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

29.       OFAC Compliance .

(a)        Lessor hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Lessee that neither Lessor nor, to Lessor’s actual knowledge, any person or entity that directly or indirectly (a) controls Lessor or (b) has an ownership interest in Lessor of twenty-five percent (25%) or more, is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under (i) the Patriot Act (as defined below), (ii) any other requirements contained in the rules and regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”) (including any “blocked” person or entity listed in the Annex to Executive Order Nos. 12947, 13099 and 13224 and any modifications thereto or thereof or any other person or entity named on OFAC’s list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “ OFAC List ”)), or (c) any other U.S. statute, Executive Order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism) or other governmental action.  As used herein, “ Patriot Act ” shall mean the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 107 Public Law 56 (October 26, 2001) and all other statutes, orders, rules and regulations of the U.S. government and its various executive departments, agencies and offices interpreting and implementing the Patriot Act.

(b)        Lessee hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Lessor that neither Lessee nor any person or entity that directly or indirectly (a) controls Lessee or (b) has an ownership interest in Lessee of twenty-five percent (25%) or more, is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under (i) the Patriot Act, (ii) any other requirements contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC (including any “blocked” person or entity listed in the Annex to Executive Order Nos. 12947, 13099 and 13224 and any modifications thereto or thereof or any other person or entity named on the OFAC List), or (c) any other U.S. statute, Executive Order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism) or other governmental action.

30.       Lessor Exculpation; Waiver of Consequential Damages .  So long as the Master Lease remains in full force and effect, the liability of Lessor or the “Lessor Parties” (as defined below) to Lessee for any default by Lessor under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Lessor’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Premises, Building and Common Areas shall be limited solely and exclusively to the greater of (i) an amount which is equal to the interest of Lessor in the Master Lease (and to any sales or insurance proceeds received by Lessor) and (ii) Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), provided that in no event shall such liability under this Lease extend to Master Lessor, nor Lessor’s

17


 

or Master Lessor’s respective employees, agents, representatives, partners, lenders, ground lessors, officers, members or managers (collectively, the “ Lessor Parties ”), and provided further that Lessee’s offset right under Section 13.2 of the Original Lease, as amended hereby, shall not be subject to any cap on the amount for offset.  Except as expressly set forth in this Section 30 above, neither Lessor, nor any of the Lessor Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Lessee hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Lessee.  The limitations of liability contained in this Section 30 shall inure to the benefit of Lessor’s and the Lessor Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns.  Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Lessor (if Lessor is a partnership), member or manager of Lessor (if Lessor is a limited liability company), officer, director or shareholder of Lessor (if Lessor is a corporation), or trustee or beneficiary (if Lessor or any partner of Lessor is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Lessor’s obligations under this Lease.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Lessor nor the Lessor Parties, nor with the exception of Lessee’s obligations under Section 6 and Section 24 of the Original Lease, Lessee, nor Lessee’s respective employees, agents, representatives, partners, lenders, sublessees, officers, members or managers, shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, the other party’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, punitive damages, consequential damages, speculative damages, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring, or loss to inventory, products, samples, and/or business, accounting and other records of every kind and description kept at the Premises and any and all income derived or derivable therefrom.

31.       Business Days .  The following is added to the end of Section 32 of the Original Lease:

“For purposes of this Lease, “ business days ” shall mean a day of the week other than a Saturday or Sunday or holiday recognized by the national banks in the State of California.  Except as provided in the Lease, all performance (including cure) dates expire at 5:00 p.m. on a business day (Pacific Time) on the performance or cure date.  Provisions in this Lease relating to number of days shall be calendar days, unless otherwise specified, provided that if the last day of any period to give notice, reply to a notice or to undertake any other action is not a business day, then the last day for undertaking the action or giving or replying to the notice shall be the next succeeding business day.”

[Signature Pages Follow This Page]

 

 

 

18


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amendment as of the Effective Date.

LESSOR:

DREISBACH ENTERPRISES, INC.,
a California corporation

By:

/s/ Jason W. Dreisbach

 

Name: 

Jason W. Dreisbach

Title: 

President

 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 


 

LESSEE:

BLUE APRON, LLC,
a  Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brad Dickerson

 

Name: 

Brad Dickerson

Title: 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A

Premises

PICTURE 2

 

 


 

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

(1)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-219030) pertaining to the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, and

 

(2)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-224659) pertaining to the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

of our report dated February 25, 2019, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2018, and the financial statement schedule of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. included herein.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

 

New York, New York

 

February 25, 2019

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Bradley J. Dickerson, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

Date: February 25, 2019

 

 

/s/ Bradley J. Dickerson

 

Bradley J. Dickerson

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

1


EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Timothy S. Bensley, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

Date: February 25, 2019

 

 

/s/ Timothy S. Bensley

 

Timothy S. Bensley

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 


EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Annual Report”), the undersigned, Bradley J. Dickerson, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his knowledge on the date hereof:

 

1. The Annual Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

Date:  February 25, 2019

/s/ Bradley J. Dickerson

 

Bradley J. Dickerson

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

1


EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Annual Report”), the undersigned, Timothy S. Bensley, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his knowledge on the date hereof:

 

1. The Annual Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

Date:  February 25, 2019

/s/ Timothy S. Bensley

 

Timothy S. Bensley

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)